Donate
 
    
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Grammar Search "ye" has 6 results.
     
ye: neuter nominative dual stem: ya
ye: feminine nominative dual stem: ya
ye: masculine nominative plural stem: ya
ye: neuter accusative dual stem: ya
ye: feminine accusative dual stem: ya
ye: neuter locative singular stem: ya
     Amarakosha Search  		 Results for ye
     
     Monier-Williams
          Search  		 Results for ye
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
yemanan. equals jemana-, eating View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. (instrumental case of 3. ya-) by whom or by which, by means of which, by which way etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. in which direction, whither, where etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. in which manner View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. on which account, in consequence of which, wherefore View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. because, since, as View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yenaind. that, so that, in order that (with present tense or fut or Potential) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣ cl.1 P. y/eṣati-, to boil up, bubble ; (A1.) yeṣate-, to exert one's self, endeavour (varia lectio for peṣ-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣṭhamfn. (superl. fr.1. yā-) going best, very swift or rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeṣṭiha(?) , Name of particular muhūrta-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yevāṣam. Name of a noxious insect (see yavāṣa-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyajāmaham. Name of the expression ye yajāmahe- (which immediately precedes the yājyā- or formula of consecration) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyajñenetisūktaName of the hymn (beginning with ye yajñena-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yeyāyeyan. (1. yā-) that which is to be gone after and not to be gone after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. deserving attention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhidhyeyamfn. (negative an--) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhiparye( i-), (said of the time)"to pass round" (accusative) id est to pass away or elapse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhipratye( i-) to come back towards (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhisaṃkhyeyamfn. to be enumerated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhivye(Imper. 2. sg. A1. -vyayasva-) to wrap one's self into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhye( i-), -/āyati- ([ ]) or -/aiti- ([ ]), to go near, come to, approach View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇan. (only for the explan. of abhiṣṭi-) approaching (either in a friendly or hostile manner) on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇan. desiring, wishing for on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyeṣaṇaSee abhīṣ-.
abhyeṣaṇīyamfn. (only for the explan. of abhiṣṭi-) to be desired on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyetya ind.p. having approached, N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyudayeṣṭif. Name of an expiatory sacrifice (see abhyuditeṣṭi-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivṛkṣasūryeind. when the sun is (still) shining on the tops of trees (rya--, in compound), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhivyeto envelop. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyedhto increase, prosper. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaf(ā-)n. solicitation, asking for instruction. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣaṇaSee adhīṣṭa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeṣyamāṇamf(ā-)n. (future p.) intending to study, about to read View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavya mfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetavyaeyamfn. to be read. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyetṛm. a student, reader. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya1 mfn. (it is) to be studied or learned (Name (also title or epithet) impersonal or used impersonally), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adhyeya2 mfn. not to be thought of, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnijyeṣṭha(n/i-- jy-), mfn. having agni- for a chief, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnyedham. one who kindles the fire View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ahalyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aindriyedhīmfn. one whose mind is fixed upon sensual pleasure only View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. not the oldest or best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. Nominal verb plural of which none is the eldest (the marut-s) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhamfn. see /a-kaniṣṭha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. not behaving as the eldest brother ([ ]) , or (ajyeṣṭha-vṛtti-) behaving like one who has no elder brother. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ajyeyatāf. state of anything which is not to be hurt or overpowered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ākhyeyamfn. to be told or related, to be said or confessed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
añjyetamfn. black and white coloured View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyeṣṭif. funeral sacrifice. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
antyeṣṭikriyāf. funeral ceremonies. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anujyeṣṭhamfn. next eldest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anujyeṣṭhamind. after the eldest, according to seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuparye( -ā-i-), -pary-aiti-, to make the whole round of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anvagjyeṣṭhamfn. the next eldest, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyukamfn. ([ ]) occurring on another day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyukam. a chronic fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyusind. on the other day, on the following day etc.
anyedyusind. the other day, once
anyedyuṣkamfn. ([ ]) occurring on another day View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuṣkam. a chronic fever. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuṣka(), mfn. relating or belonging to the other day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anyedyuska (), mfn. relating or belonging to the other day. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparisaṃkhyeyamfn. innumerable, infinitely different, ibidem or 'in the same place or book or text' as the preceding, Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparyeṣitamfn. unsought, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aparyeṣṭa mfn. unsought, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasavyenaind. to the left, from the right to the left View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apavyeP. A1. -vyayati- (1. sg. -vyaye-) to uncover : A1. (pr. p. -vyayamāna-) to extricate one's self, deny View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apivye(1. plural P. -vyayūmasi-) to cover View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apratyākhyeyamfn. not to be contradicted, undeniable. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyeyam. plural (fr. 1. ap-?) , Name of a class of deities (equals āpeya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āpyeyatvan. equals āpeya-tva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇye(in compound for /araṇyn-chiefly used for figurative expressions or as names ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyegeyamfn. to be sung in the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyenūcyam. "to be recited in a forest", Name of an oblation (so called because of its being offered with a verse which is to be recited in a forest) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyenuvākyamfn. to be recited in the forest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
araṇyetilakam. plural "wild, sesamum growing in a forest and containing no oil", anything which disappoints expectation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arghāpacayenaind. instrumental case cheaper View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asadadhyetṛm. a Brahman who reads heterodox works
asaṃkhyeyamfn. innumerable etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyam. a Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyan. an innumerable multitude View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyam. an exceedingly large number View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyaguṇamfn. innumerably multiplied, unnumbered. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asaṃkhyeyatāf. innumerableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asavyeind. on the right (see apa-savya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atarapaṇyenaind. without paying toll, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atiśayenaind. eminently, very. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātithyeṣṭif. equals ātithyā- before commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyeṣ(subjunctive 2. sg. -eṣas-) to glide over View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atyetavaisee ati- (parasmE-pada 16). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aukhyeyakamfn. equals ukhyā-jāta- gaRa kattry-ādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
autathyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avadhyeyamfn. to be disregarded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avarṣatarkyeind. when no rain is to be expected, when the sky is clear, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avaśyendriyamfn. one who does not control his senses, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avavye(p. -vy/ayat-) to pull off (as clothes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āviḥsūryeind. when the sun shines, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyākhyeyamfn. inexplicable, unintelligible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyākhyeyamfn. inexpressible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āvyeP. (Potential 1. sg. /ā-vyayeyam- ; Aorist 2. plural -/avyata- ) A1. (Aorist 3. sg. -avyata- ) to cover or hide one's self ; to take refuge. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avyeṣyatmfn. ( i- fut.p.) not disappearing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayeind. a vocative particle, an interjection (of surprise, recollection, fatigue, fear, passion, especially used in dramas, see ayi-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āye equals aye- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhulyenaind. usually, ordinarily, as a rule View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyeind. outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyenaind. outside, without, out etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bāhyendriyan. an outer organ of sense View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
balajyeṣṭhamfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his strength or power View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatasamuccayesahasranāmastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgyenaind. bhāgya
bhavadbhūtabhavyeind. in present, past, and future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvavidyeśvaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhayeḍakam. a wild ram View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūmyekadeśam. one portion of territory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūrijyeṣṭham. Name of a son of king vicakṣus- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhūtabhavyeśam. the lord of past and future View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeṣṭham. (printed ṭhya-) the elder brother of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeṣṭhamfn. having brahmā- as first or chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmajyeyan. the act of oppressing Brahmans View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
catustridvyekabhāgamfn. plural receiving 4, 3, 2, and 1 part respectively View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityejyam. equals tya-guru- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityendram. " daitya-s-prince", Name of pātāla--ketu View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daityendrapūjyam. equals tyejya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhānyeyan. coriander View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dheyeśvaram. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhuryetaramfn. "other than the first", the charioteer (as opp. to the hero) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhyeyamfn. to be meditated on, fit for meditation, to be pondered or imagined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divaḥśyenīf. Name of particular sacrifices, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
divyelakam. a kind of serpent (equals devyaka-?). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaramfn. "other than visible", invisible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dṛśyetaratāf. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyamfn. difficult to be studied or learnt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duradhyeyatvan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duratyetumfn. equals -atikrama- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvyekāntaramfn. separated by two or by one (degree) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekaikaśyenaind. seriatim, severally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gārhapatyeṣṭakāf. a kind of sacrificial brick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gharmyeṣṭhāmfn. equals harm- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gobalīvardanyāyena instrumental case ind. after the manner of"a bull of cattle", an expression to denote when a pleonasm is allowed on Introd. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grāmyehoparamam. ceasing from sexual desires View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
guhyeśvarīf. "mystic deity" id est prajñā- (female energy of the ādi-buddha-), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haihayendrakāvyan. Name of a poem. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haṃsaśyetamf(enī-)n. white like a swan View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
harmyeṣṭhāmfn. (fr. locative case of harmya-+ sthā-) being in a house or stall (see gharmye-ṣṭhā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayeind. an exclamation ("O, ho!") View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hayeṣṭam. "loved by horses", barley View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyeśayamfn. (id est locative case of hiraṇya-+ ś-) lying or reposing in gold. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hiraṇyeṣṭakāf. a golden brick View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hradālayeśamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśam. "heart's-lord", a husband View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśam. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśāf. a mistress, wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśayamfn. (locative case of hṛdaya-+ ś-) lying or being in the heart, inward (as anger) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hṛdayeśvaram. equals yeśa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ihasamayeind. here, now, on the present occasion, at such a time as this. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
indrajyeṣṭha(/indra--) mfn. one whose chief is indra-, led by indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ityetannāmakamfn. having those names (as aforesaid)
ityevamādiind. and so forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaghanyeind. idem or 'ind. behind, after, last ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jaigīṣavyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga- in Baranasi View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
janmajyeṣṭhamfn. the eldest by birth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
japyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendram. Name of a Kashmir king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendram. of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendrasenāf. Name of a woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayendravihāram. Name of a vihāra- built by the latter, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jayeśvaram. a form of śiva- Name of a sanctuary built by jayā-devi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jāyeyaSee jāy/ānya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. () most excellent, pre-eminent, first, chief. best, greatest, (m.) the chief. etc. (in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' [ exempli gratia, 'for example' vacana--,"best in speech" ] ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. more excellent than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. (in mathematics with pada-or mūla-) greatest (root [square root] extracted from the quantity operated upon) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamfn. (; ṣṭh/a-) eldest, (m.) the eldest brother etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. (scilicet ghaṭa-) the ascending bucket (in a machine for raising water) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. for jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. what is most excellent (also oxyt.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. tin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhan. with puṣkara- See ṣṭha-p- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. (gaRa ajādi-) the 16th (or according to to modern reckoning 18th) lunar mansion (sacred to indra-) (paroxytone) etc. (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the eldest wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. a preferred wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the 8th year in the Jupiter cycle of 12 years View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. the middle finger View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. a kind of stringed instrument View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. misfortune (personified as the elder sister of lakṣmī-, ; see ṣṭha-lakṣm/ī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. Name of a śakti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. gaṅgā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaf(ā- , ī-). a small house-lizard (also jyaiṣṭhī- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāf. of ṣṭha- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabalāf. Sida rhomboidea View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabandhu(ṣṭh/a--) m. the chief of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhāryāf. idem or 'f. an elder brother's wife ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhāryāf. a senior or chief wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabhavikāf. an elder brother's wife View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabrāhmaṇamfn. having the oldest brāhmaṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhabrāhmaṇan. the chief brāhmaṇa-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaghnīf. equals ṣṭh/ā-, the 16th lunar mansion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhagṛhyam. the eldest member of a family View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhajaghanyamfn. plural the elders last View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhakalaśam. Name of bilhaṇa-'s father View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalakṣman. the principal mark or sign, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalakṣmīf. a chief mark, congenital mark (see ) ("indigence personified as the elder sister of lakṣmī-"Scholiast or Commentator) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhalalitāf. a particular vow to be observed in month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhamind. most, extremely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmalakam. Azadirachta indica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmbun. the scum of boiled rice or water in which grain has been washed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāṃśam. the eldest brother's share View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāṃśam. the best share View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmūlam. the month jyaiṣṭha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāmūlīyam. idem or 'm. the month jyaiṣṭha- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhānujyeṣṭhatāf. regular succession according to seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapālam. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaprathamamfn. plural the elders first View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāpūjāvilāsam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapuṣkaran. Name of a renowned place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhapuṣkaran. (ṣṭha puṣk-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭharājm. a sovereign View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmagamfn. idem or 'mfn. a chanter of that sāman- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmakam. one who knows the jyeṣṭha-sāman-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. the most excellent sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmann. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasāmanmfn. a chanter of that sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāśramamfn. being in the most excellent order of life (viz. in that of a householder) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāśraminmfn. idem or 'mfn. being in the most excellent order of life (viz. in that of a householder) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhasthānan. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhastomam. Name of an ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhaśvaśrūf. a wife's elder sister View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatāf. precedence, seniority, primogeniture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatamamfn. (jy/eṣ-) best or first of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatamamfn. oldest of all View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhataramfn. an elder one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatarāf. a woman guarding a young girl , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatarikāf. equals rā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatasind. (reckoning) from the eldest, according to seniority
jyeṣṭhatātam. a father's elder brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatātif. (ṣṭh/a--) () superiority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatātif. equals -r/āj- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhatvan. equals -tā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavaram. a chief wooer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇam. "first cast man", a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇam. see View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavarṇinm. idem or 'm. see ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavayasmfn. older than (in compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhāvratan. a kind of observance in honour of jyeṣṭhā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttimfn. behaving like an eldest brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhavṛttif. the duties of seniority View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. sacrifice of the eldest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhayajñam. the most excellent sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭheśvaran. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhilāf. Name of a river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhinīf. a woman who has an elder brother View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeṣṭhinīf. see jyaiṣṭhiney/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeyamfn. to be oppressed or deprived of property (see a-jyey/at/a-, brahma-jy/eya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeyamfn. most excellent, best View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jyeya jy/eṣṭha-, etc. See jyā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaivalyendram. Name of the instructor of rāyaṇendra-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kākākṣinyāyenaind. in the manner of a crow's eye (said of a word which follows two rules), on this side and that, in such a way as to belong both to the preceding and subsequent commentator or commentary on ; on commentator or commentary on (kṣi-golakanyāyāt-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kalyeind. at day-break, in the morning, tomorrow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālyeind. locative case at day-break
kāmajyeṣṭha(k/āma--) mfn. having the god Desire at the head, led by kāma- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭif. a sacrifice performed for the obtainment of a particular object, , Scholiast or Commentator View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāmyeṣṭitantran. idem or 'f. a sacrifice performed for the obtainment of a particular object, , Scholiast or Commentator ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kārtsnyenaind. in full, entirely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryekṣaṇan. superintendence of public affairs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryeśa m. equals kāryādhipa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kāryeśvaram. equals kāryādhipa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaśyapasūnujyeṣṭham. "eldest of the sons of kaśyapa-", Name of hiraṇyākṣa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
katipayenaind. with some exertion, with difficulty, narrowly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kausalyeyam. metron. fr. lyā- Name of rāma-candra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavijyeṣṭham. "oldest of poets", Name of vālmīki- (author of the rāmāyaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiyedhāmfn. (for kiyad-dh/ā-) containing or surrounding much (Name of indra-) () . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kiyedhāSee k/iyat-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kriyendriyan. equals karmend- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣipraśyenam. a species of bird View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kūjitavyeind. locative case when answer is to be given View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kumudaśyenīf. a woman with a white complexion like a lotus (confer, compare śysnī- under śyeta-, parasmE-pada 1095), Sch. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kuvalayeśam. "ruler of the earth", a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgajyeṣṭham. (in sāṃkhya-) the great principle or intellect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokajyeṣṭham. "the most distinguished or excellent among men", Name of buddha-, buddha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lokajyeṣṭham. a monk of a particular order View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. in the middle, in the midst, within, between, among, in the presence of (with genitive case or in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound';sometimes also in the beginning of a compound; see compound below) etc. (with kṛ-[ ind.p. -kṛtya-or -kṛtvā- ],to place in the middle, make an intermediary of. on ;to count among ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeind. madhya
madhyebhabandhanan. a band or rope round an elephant's body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyecchandasn. (prob.) said to mean"the sun"or"the middle of the year" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegaṅgamind. in or into the Ganges. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyegurumfn. (prob.) having a long syllable in the middle, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejalātind. from out of the middle of the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejaṭharamind. in the middle of the body View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyejyotisf. a kind of Vedic metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyekṛtyaind. with regard to View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyemadhyamāṅgulikarpūramind. between middle finger and elbow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenaind. madhya
madhyenadiind. in or into the river View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenagaramind. in the middle of the city View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenareśvarasabhamind. in the middle of the assembly of princes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyenidhanamfn. having the passage called nidhana- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepadmamind. in a lotus flower View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamind. having the sacrificial days called pṛṣṭhya- (sub voce, i.e. the word in the Sanskrit order) in the middle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyepṛṣṭamn. a particular ajana- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeraṇamind. in the battle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyerathyamind. in the middle of the street View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesabhamind. in the assembly, in public View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyesamudramind. in the middle of the sea, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeśmaśānamind. on the burial-place, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevārdhiind. equals -samudram- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevāriind. in or under the water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāntarind. in the middle of the vindhya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevindhyāṭaviind. in the forests of the vindhya- range View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyevyomaind. in the air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhyeyajñamind. in the middle of the sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāpuruṣavidyāyāṃviṣṇurahasyekṣetrakāṇḍejagannāthamāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvidyeśvarīf. N. (perhaps a form of durgā-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahayeVed. infinitive mood for joy, for enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
malayendum. (with sūri-) Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍavyeśvaran. Name of a liṅga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māṇḍavyeśvaratīrthun. Name of a place of pilgrimage View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrajyeṣṭhamfn. one whose superiority is dependent on his knowledge of sacred text View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manujyeṣṭham. a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyasākṣyeind. in the presence of men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyendram. "best of men"(in addressing a good man) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyeṣum. or f. (?) an arrow thrown by men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manuṣyeśvaram. "lord of men", a prince, king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
martyendramātṛf. Solanum Jacquini View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
martyeṣitamfn. instigated by mortals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyendram. Name of a teacher of yoga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
matsyendram. of an author ( matsyendramuhūrta -muhūrta- mn.Name of his work )
matsyendramuhūrtamn. matsyendra
matsyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātsyeyam. plural the matsya- people View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mayeśvaram. Name of the asura- maya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māyeyamfn. (fr. māyā-) gaRa nady-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedham. equals m/edha-, a sacrificial oblation, sacrifice, offering of food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhasn. equals m/edhas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
miyedhyamfn. equals m/edhya-, partaking of the sacrificial food View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
naipuṇyenaind. naipuṇya
nairantaryeṇaind. nairantarya
nāṭyenaind. nāṭya
navasasyeṣṭif. a sacrifice of first fruits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nepathyeind. behind the scenes (See especially ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niryeṣ -yeṣati-, to boil or bubble forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niścayenaind. niścaya
nivye(ind.p. -vīya-), to put on (round the neck) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛtyekṣaṇan. looking at a dance or pantomime View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyenaind. nyāya
nye( ny-ā-i-,only ind.p. -etya-), to fall into (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyejP. -ejati- tremble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyer( ny-a-īr-,only perfect tense A1. nyerir/e-), to direct or address (a wish or desire) to (locative case) ; to appoint as (accusative) (see nīr-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāramparyeṇaind. pāramparya
pārāvaryeṇaind. on all sides, completely View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārihāsyenaind. in fun View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariṇayenaind. round about View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parivyeP. A1. -vyayati-, te- (Aorist -avyata-, -vyata- ; ind.p. -vyāya-and -vīya- see ), to wrap or tie round ; (A1.) to wrap one's self up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryāyeṇaind. paryāya
parye( -ā-i-) P. -aiti- (ind.p. /etya-), to roam about ; to go round, circumambulate (accusative) ; to come back, return View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryehim. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryehīf. Name of a woman gaRa śārṅgaravādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇan. search, inquiry, investigation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇan. striving after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣaṇāf. equals parīṣṭi- Va1rtt. 3 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭavyamfn. to be sought View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭavyamfn. to be striven after View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭif. searching for, inquiry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryeṣṭif. striving after worldly objects View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryetṛm. subduer, conqueror View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paryetṛ pary-ehi- See 2. parī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pathimadhyeind. in the middle of the road View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paunaḥpunyenaind. again and again, repeatedly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācuryeṇaind. in a mass, fully, mostly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prācuryeṇaind. in detail View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prādhānyenaind. in regard to the highest object or chief matter, chiefly, mainly, summarily etc. ( prādhānyenastuti -stuti- mfn.chiefly praised)
prādhānyenastutimfn. prādhānyena
prādhyeṣaṇan. (fr. pra-adhi--1. iṣ-) incitement, exhortation (to study), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prahyeSee under pra-hi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prājāpatyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prajotpattyānupūrvyeṇaind. according to seniority, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prājyendhanatṛṇamfn. (a place) abounding in fuel and grass View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praklinnahṛdayekṣaṇamfn. having the heart and eyes moist (with affection) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pramiyamiye(Ved. infinitive mood), to frustrate, annihilate View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praṇayenaind. praṇaya
prātaradhyeyamfn. to be recited every morning View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be declined or refused View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be refuted or denied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyākhyeyamfn. to be cured, curable (as a disease) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyātmyenaind. after one's own image View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratye( -ā-i-; P. proper 3. plural -ā-yanti-, parasmE-pada -ā-yat-; Potential -eyāt-; perfect tense -eyāya-; ind.p. -etya-), to come back, return to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekamfn. each one, each single one, every one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekan. a particular sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekan. (in the beginning of a compound or pratyekam am- ind.) one by one, one at a time, singly, for every single one etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekasee parasmE-pada 664, column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabodhif. equals -buddhatva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddham. a buddha- who lives in seclusion and obtains emancipation for himself only (as opp. to those buddha-s who liberate others also) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhacatuṣṭayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhakathāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekabuddhatvan. the state of a pratyeka-buddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekamind. pratyeka
pratyekanarakam. a particular hell View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyekaśasind. one by one, singly, severally View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenas(pr/aty--) m. an officer of justice, punisher of criminals View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenas(pr/aty--) m. a surety, the heir nearest of kin who is responsible for the debts of a deceased person View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyenasyan. the nearest heirship to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyeṣ( ā-īṣ-) A1. -eṣate-, to attach one's self to, enter into (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyamfn. to be acknowledged, or admitted, to be understood as (Nominal verb) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetavyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyetṛmfn. believing, trusting, a believer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaind. mostly, generally, as a rule etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaind. most probably, likely (see prāyaśas-and 1. prāyas-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyeṇaSee under prāya- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyapriyeṇaind. with pleasure, willingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
punaḥprādhyeṣaṇan. repeated invitation to study, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvayāmyeind. in the south-east View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
putrakāmyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭif. (and rahasyeṣṭipaddhati ṭi-paddhati- f.) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyeṣṭipaddhatif. rahasyeṣṭi
rājapratyenasm. (prob.) the nearest heir to the throne View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rājasūyeṣṭif. the rāja--sin6ha sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetamf(nī-)n. red-yellow-blackish white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raktapītāsitaśyetam. red-yellow-blackish whiteness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajyeṣṭham. the first or best taste, sweet taste, sweetness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasajyeṣṭham. the sentiment of love View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rayeṇaind. raya
śabdākhyeyamfn. that which may be said aloud View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhāmadhyeind. in society View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sabhyetaramfn. "other than refined", vulgar, indecorous, opposite to good manners View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāhityenaind. sāhitya
sākalyenaind. sākalya
śakalyeṣinmfn. (according to to from śakalya-+ eṣin-) "desiring fragments of wood", devouring or licking (as a flame of fire) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śākhādhyetṛ(khādh-) m. the reciter of a śākhā-, follower of any particular text of the veda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samabhye( -ā-- 5 i-) P. -āiti-, to come up to, approach, go near to (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayeind. samaya
saṃkhyātasaṃkhyeyamfn. one who has considered what is to be considered View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyeyamfn. to be numbered or enumerated, definite in number, calculable, not numerous (see a-s-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃkhyeyamfn. to be considered (See saṃkhyāta-s-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samudrajyeṣṭha(dr/a--) mf(ā-)n. having the ocean as chief (said of waters) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyeP. A1. -vyayati-, te- (perfect tense parasmE-pada -vivyāna- q.v), to roll or cover up ; to put on, wrap one's self in (accusative) ; to supply or furnish or provide or equip with : Causal See vāyita-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saparyeṇyamfn. to be worshipped or adored View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasvatīprayegam. a kind of mystical rite peculiar to the tāntrika-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śārdūlajyeṣṭha(śārdul/a--) mfn. having a tiger as superior or chief View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyeṣṭif. sacrifice offered on the ripening of new grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyepsum. Name of an asura- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeśasthāpanapūjāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeṣṭatīrtham. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyetaran. untruth, falsehood View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satyeyum. Name of a son of raudrāśva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saubhāgyavidyeśvarastotran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savye(locative case of savya-), in compound View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭham. (equals savya-ṣṭha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭhasārathim. dual number two charioteers standing left and right (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyeṣṭhṛm. a charioteer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaramfn. "other than left", right etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaran. a particular mode of fighting View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyetaratasind. left and right View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyāhnasamayeind. at eventide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāyāhnasamayeind. at eventide View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhāvalokananyāyenaind. according to to the rule of the lion's look (id est casting a retrospective glance while at the same time proceeding onwards) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śocitavyeind. śocitavya
śrautāntyeṣṭif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
styenam. a thief, robber (see stesa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
styenam. nectar (in this sense prob. fr. styai-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sujyeṣṭham. Name of a king (son of agni-mitra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukanalikānyāyenaind. according to to that rule id est causelessly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śuklayajurvedādhyetṛpraśaṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
surajyeṣṭham. "oldest of the gods", Name of brahmā- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryendusaṃgamam. conjunction of sun and moon, the night of new moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryeṣṭiprayogam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svānubhūtyekasāramfn. whose only essence consists in self-enjoyment View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syedum. (prob.) phlegm View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
syeduSee column 2. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a hawk, falcon, eagle, any bird of prey (especially the eagle that brings down soma- to man) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. firewood laid in the shape of an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a kind of array (in battle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a particular part of the sacrificial victim View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a particular ekāha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. a horse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. Name of a ṛṣi- (having the patronymic āgneya- and author of ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenam. (with or without indraśya-) Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāf. a female hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenamfn. eagle-like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenamfn. coming from an eagle (as"eagle's flesh"), (prob. wrong reading for śyaina-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenabhṛtamfn. brought by the eagle (soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenābhṛtamfn. equals śyena-bhṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenabṛhatm. Name of a sāman- (see -vṛṣaka-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitmfn. piled in the shape of a hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitm. a hawk-feeder, falconer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitam. a particular agni- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenacitram. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenagāminm. "flying like a hawk", Name of a rākṣasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenaghaṇṭāf. a kind of plant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenahṛta(śyen/a--) mfn. brought by the eagle (soma- or some similar plant) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāhṛtam. equals śyenahṛta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajidākhyānan. "hawk-story", Name of an episode in the mahā-bhārata-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajitm. Name of a man View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajīvinm. one who lives by selling or training hawk, a falconer View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenajūta(śyen/a--) mfn. swift as an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakapotīyamfn. (the story) of the hawk and the pigeon (see śibi-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. "acting like a hawk", acting with precipitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenakaraṇan. burning on a separate funeral pile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenākhyam. Ardea Sibirica View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapātam. an eagle's flight (a favourite feat of jugglers) (see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapātamfn. flying along like an eagle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapattran. an eagle's feather View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenapatvan(śyen/a--) mfn. "flying by means of eagles", borne or drawn along by eagles View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāśvaśyainan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāśvaśyena n. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenāvapātamind. swooping down like an eagle or hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenavṛṣakan. Name of a sāman- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenayāgam. a kind of sacrifice View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a white cow (See śyaineya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenī according to to, and others in -"black, dark". View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a female hawk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. Name of a daughter of kaśyapa- (regarded as the mother of hawks) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīf. a kind of metre View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenīSee śyeta- and śyena- above. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenikāf. a female hawk or eagle (said to be a Name of two metres) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyenopadeśam. injunction to women to burn on a separate funeral pile (see śyena-karaṇa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetamf(śy/enī-,or śyetā-)n. (prob. connected with śveta- q.v) reddish white, white View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. white (the colour) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetam. a woman with a lily-white complexion (equals kumuda-pattrābhā-)
śyetakolakam. the saphara- fish, Cyprinus Saphore (commonly called Punti) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetākṣamf(ī-)n. having reddish-white eyes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyetīkṛA1. -kurute-, to master, overcome (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tādarthyena instrumental case ind. with this intention View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapanatanayeṣṭāf. idem or 'f. equals pasvīṣṭā- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāratamyenaind. instrumental case in different degrees View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tathyenaind. according to truth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tātparyeṇaind. instrumental case equals -tas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
toyeśam. "water-lord", varuṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tridvyekabhojanamfn. bhojana
triśyetamf(ā-)n. equals triḥ-śveta- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tṛtīyenaind. instrumental case at the 3rd time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryeṇīf. (the śalal/ī-bristle) being variegated in 3 places (treṇī-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tryenīf. idem or 'f. (the śalal/ī-bristle) being variegated in 3 places (treṇī-) ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayedyusind. on both days, on two subsequent days View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃkhyeyamfn. to be added or enumerated in addition to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃvyeA1. (imperative 2. sg. -s/am-vyayasva-) to wrap up or envelop one's self in (accusative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upavyeA1. -vyayate-, to put on or invest one's self with the sacred thread View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vahyeśayamf(/ā-)n. equals vahya-ś/īvan- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyeśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśvānarajyeṣṭhamfn. having vedānta-s for the first View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vālakhilyeśvaratīrthan. Name of a tīrtha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyebham. a wild elephant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vanyetaramfn. different from wild, tame, civilized View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇajyeṣṭhamf(ā-)n. highest in caste (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṇajyeṣṭham. a Brahman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varuṇajyeṣṭha(v/a-) m. plural having varuṇa- for chief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsanāvāsudevasyetipadyavyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasujyeṣṭham. Name of a king View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyāviṣayehomavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyendrasarasvatīm. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśam. "lord of knowledge", Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśam. equals vidyeśvara- ( vidyeśatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśatvan. vidyeśa
vidyeśvaram. (with śaiva-s) Name of a class of emancipated beings View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidyeśvaram. Name of a magician View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayendraparābhavam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśam. "lord of victory", Name of the god śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśam. of a sacred place View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśasahasranāmann. plural Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśvaram. Name of a sacred place (see prec.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayeśvaramāhātmyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vindhyeśvarīprasādam. Name of an author View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viparyayayeind. viparyaya
viparyayenaind. viparyaya
vīrasiṃhamitrodayesaṃskāraprakaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyākhyeyamfn. to be explained or expounded View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vye cl.1 P. A1. () vy/ayati-, te- (perfect tense P. vivyāya-,2. sg. vivyayitha- grammar;2. dual number vivyathus- ; A1. vivy/e- -vyay/āṃ cakāra- ; Aorist avyat-, avyata- ; avyāsīt-, avyāsta- grammar; preceding vīyāt-, vyāsīṣṭa- ; future vyātā- ; vyāsyati-, te- ; vyayiṣye- ; ind.p. -v/īya- etc.; -vāya- grammar), to cover, clothe, wrap, envelop (A1. also,"one's self") : Pass. vīy/ate- (pr. p. vīy/amāna-), to be covered etc. : Causal vyāyayati- grammar : Desiderative vivyāsati-, te- ; Intensive vevīyate-, vāvyeti-, vāvyāti- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyekamf(ā-)n. deficient by one View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyeka vy-enas- etc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyemann. a garment, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyemāna pr.p. of vy-am- on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyenasmfn. guiltless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyenīf. (of vy-eta-) variously-tinted (said of the dawn) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyomamadhyeind. in the middle of the sky, in mid-air View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāmyeind. yāmya
yāmyenaind. yāmya
yanmadhyeind. in the centre of which View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaṇvāpatyen. dual number yaṇva
yathājyeṣṭhamind. according to the oldest, by seniority, from the oldest to the youngest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathākāmajyeyamfn. to be oppressed at pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāmukhyenaind. (ena-) accusative to precedence above or before all, chiefly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathāsaṃkhyenaind. according to number, number for number (so that in two series composed of similar number, the several number of one correspond to those of the other exempli gratia, 'for example' the first to the first etc.) ( ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yathātathyena( ) ind. in accordance with the truth, really, truly. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yāthātathyenaind. yāthātathya
yaugapadyenaind. simultaneously, together View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  		 Results for ye36 results
     
yena येन ind. (Strictly instr. sing. of यद् used adverbially) 1 Whereby, by which, wherefore, on which account, by means of which; किं तद् येन मनो हर्तुमलं स्यातां न शृण्वताम् R.15.64;14.74. -2 So that; दर्शय तं चौरसिंहं येन व्यापादयामि Pt.4. -3 Since, because.
yeṣ येष् I. 1 Ā. (येषते) To try, strive, attempt. -II. 1 Ā. Ved. 1 To bubble. -2 To flow.
ajyeṣṭha अज्येष्ठ a. Not the eldest or best, having no elder brothers; ˚वृत्ति not acting like the elder brothers; or acting like one who has no elder brother.
adhyetṛ अध्येतृ m., -त्री f. A student, learner.
adhyeṣaṇam अध्येषणम् [अधि-इष् प्रैरणे-ल्युट्] Causing one to do a thing, especially a preceptor &c. as an honorific duty. -णा [अधिका एषणा प्रार्थना] Solicitation, entreaty.
anarghyeya अनर्घ्येय a. see अनर्घ; अनर्घ्येया महाराज द्विजा वर्णेषु चोत्तमाः Mb.13.51.22.
anujyeṣṭha अनुज्येष्ठ a. [अनुगतो ज्येष्ठम्] Next to the eldest. -ष्ठम् adv. According to seniority.
anudhyeya अनुध्येय a. To be favoured or wished well of; अनु- दध्युरनुध्येयम् R.17.36.
anyedyuḥ अन्येद्युः ind. [अन्य-एद्युस् P.V.3.22] 1 On the other or following day; अन्येद्युरात्मानुचरस्य भावं जिज्ञासमाना R.2.26. -2 one day, once.
anyedyuṣka अन्येद्युष्क a. [अन्येद्युर्भवः, कन्] Occurring every day, daily, diurnal; अन्येद्युष्कमहोरात्रादेककालं प्रवर्तते Suśr. -ष्कः A quotidian fever.
abhyeṣaṇam अभ्येषणम् [इष्-घञ्] 1 Desiring, wishing. -2 Going towards, attack.
aye अये ind. 1 As a vocative particle, or as a kind of gentle address. (= अयि); अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123. -2 An interjection showing (a) 'surprise' or 'wonder' and translated by 'oh', 'ah', अये मातलिः Ś.6; अये कुमारलक्ष्मणः प्राप्तः U.1; अये मय्येव भ्रुकुटीधरः संवृत्तः U.5; (b) 'grief', 'dejection'; अये देवपादपद्मोपजीविनो$वस्थेयम् Mu.2. (alas !); (c) 'anger' अये अश्वमेध इति विश्वविजयिनां क्षत्रियाणां महानुत्कर्षनिकषः U.4; (d) 'fear', 'flurry', 'agitation'; (e) 'recollection'; (f.) 'fear'; (g) 'fatigue'.
araṇye$nūcyaḥ अरण्ये$नूच्यः (scil. पुरोडाश) 1 A kind of oblation (अरण्ये अनूच्याः पठनीयाः मन्त्रा यस्य). -2 N. of a Mantra.
araṇyetilakaḥ अरण्येतिलकः [P.II.1.44] Wild sesamum yielding no oil; (fig. anything which does not answer to one's expectation.)
āye आये ind. An interjection of calling, expressive of affection.
ubhaye उभये (य) द्युस् ind. 1 On both days. -2 On two subsequent days. उभयोरह्वोरुभयेद्युः Mbh. on P.V.3.22.
aindriyedhī ऐन्द्रियेधी a. Thinking only of sensual pleasures. मत्प्राप्तये$जेशसुरासुरादयस्तप्यन्त उग्रं तप ऐन्द्रियेधियः Bhāg. 5.18.22.
jyeya ज्येय a. 1 To be oppressed. -2 First, best.
jyeṣṭha ज्येष्ठ a. (Superl. of प्रशस्य or वृद्ध) 1 Eldest, most senior. -2 Most excellent, best. -3 Pre-eminent, first, chief, highest. -ष्ठः 1 An elder brother; R.12.19,35. -2 An epithet of the Supreme Being. -3 Life. -4 N. a lunar month (= ज्यैष्ठ q. v.). -ष्ठा 1 An eldest sister. -2 N. of the eighteenth lunar mansion (consisting of the three stars). -3 The middle finger. -4 A small house-lizard. -5 An epithet of the Ganges. -6 The goddess of misfortune, elder sister of Lakṣmī; ज्येष्ठा च माया कलहश्च दम्भः Bhāg.1.17.32. -ष्ठी A small houselizard. -ष्ठम् 1 The most excellent, the first or head. -2 Tin. -Comp. -अंशः 1 eldest brother's share. -2 the right of the eldest brother to a larger share of the patrimonial property. -3 the best share. -अम्बु n. 1 water in which grain has been washed. -2 the scum of boiled rice. -आश्रमः 1 the highest or most excellent order in the religious life of a Brāhmaṇa; i. e. that of a householder; तस्माज्ज्येष्ठाश्रमो गृही Ms.3.78. -2 a householder. -कलशः N. of Bilhaṇa's father. -तातः a father's eldest brother. -तातिः f. Ved. superiority. -राज् m. a Sovereign; ज्येष्ठराजं ब्रह्मणां ब्रह्मणस्पते Rv.2.23.1. -ललिता A particular vow to be observed in the month of Jye&stodṭha. -वर्णः 1 the highest caste (that of Brāhmaṇas). -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -वृत्तिः f. the duties of seniority. -श्वश्रूः f. 1 a wife's eldest sister. -2 the eldest mother-in-law. -सामन् n. N. of a particular Sāman; ब्रह्मदेयात्मसंतानो ज्येष्ठसामग एव च Ms.3.185. ज्येष्ठामूल jyēṣṭhāmūla मूलीयः mūlīyḥ ज्येष्ठामूल मूलीयः The month ज्यैष्ठ q. v.; ततो मध्याह्न- मारूढे ज्येष्ठामूले दिवाकरे Mb.13.95.9.
nivye निव्ये 1 U. To put on (round the neck); see निवीत.
nyej न्येज् (नि + एज्) 1 To tremble; निशितासिरतो$भीको न्येजते$ मरणा रुचा Ki.15.22. -2 To shine.
nyer न्येर् (नि + आ + ईर्) 1 Direct or address (a wish or desire) to. -2 To appoint.
paryeṣaṇam पर्येषणम् णा 1 Investigation by reasoning. -2 Search, inquiry in general; श्रूयतां यः प्रयत्नो मे सीतापर्येषणे कृतः Mb.3.282.17. -3 Homage, worship. -4 Spending the rainy season (Buddh.).
paryeṣṭiḥ पर्येष्टिः f. Search, inquiry.
pratyākhyeya प्रत्याख्येय a. 1 To be denied, refuted. -2 To be cured, curable (as a disease).
prāyeṇa प्रायेण ind. 1 Mostly, as a general rule; प्रायेणैते रमणविरहेष्वङ्गनानां विनोदाः Me.89; प्रायेण सत्यपि हितार्थकरे विधौ हि श्रेयांसि लब्धुमसुखानि विनान्तरायैः Ki.5.49; Ku.3.28; Ṛs.6.24. -2 Probably. प्रायाणिक prāyāṇika प्रायात्रिक prāyātrika प्रायाणिक प्रायात्रिक a. (-की f.) Necessary or suitable for a journey; सर्वमाज्ञापयामास प्रायात्रिकमरिन्दम Mb.3.253.27.
madhye मध्ये See under मध्य.
miyedhaḥ मियेधः A sacrificial offering.
miyedhya मियेध्य a. Partaking of sacrificial offering.
vye व्ये 1 U. (व्ययति-ते, ऊत; Caus. व्याययति-ते; desid. विव्यासति) 1 To cover. -2 To sew.
vyeka व्येक a. Deficient by one.
śyeta श्येत a. (-ता or -नी f.) White; ज्योत्स्नाशङ्कामिह वितरति हंसश्येनी Ki.5.31 (com. तकारस्य च नकारः-श्येतशब्दान् ङीप्). -तः The white colour.
śyenaḥ श्येनः [श्यै-इनन् Uṇ.2.45] 1 The white colour. -2 Whiteness. -3 A hawk, falcon. -4 Violence. -5 Ved. A horse. -6 A kind of array in battle. -Comp. -अवपातः the swoop of a hawk; श्येनावपातचकिता वनवर्ति- केव Māl.8.8. -कपोतीय a. (from Śibi story) sudden (calamity). -करणम्, -करणिका 1 burning on a separate funeral pile. -2 a hawk-like, i. e. rash and desperate, act. -चित्, -जीविन् m. falconer; Ms.3.164. -पातः the swoop of a hawk or eagle; वडवे इव संयुक्ते श्येनपाते दिवौकसाम् Mb.3.133.26.
saṃvye संव्ये 1 U. 1 To clothe, put on clothes. -2 To surround, enclose.
sausthyena सौस्थ्येन ind. Happily; सौस्थ्येनावासितस्तस्थौ तत्रोच्चैरटवी- तटे Dharmābhyudaya-Mahākāvya 2.38.
styenaḥ स्त्येनः [स्त्यै-इनच्] 1 Nectar. -2 A thief.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  		 27 results
     
akṣa akṣ-á, m. die for playing, pl. dice, x. 34, 2. 4. 6. 7. 13 [perhaps eye = spot]. [222]
akṣan akṣ-án, n. eye (weak stem of ákṣi), x. 127, 1.
adhyakṣa ádhy-akṣa, m. eye-witness; surveyor, x. 129, 7 [having one’s eye upon].
animiṣā á-nimiṣ-ā, (inst.) adv. with unwinking eye, iii. 59, 1 [ni-mís, f wink].
anya anyá, prn. a. other, ii. 35, 3. 8. 13; x. 34, 4. 10. 11. 14; 129, 2; with ab. = than, ii. 33, 11; anyó-anyáone-another, vii. 103, 3. 4. 5; anyé-anyé, anyá̄ḥ-anyá̄ḥ some-others, x. 14, 3; ii. 35, 3 [cp. Lat.aliu-s, Gk. ἄλλο-ς ‘other’].
cakṣu cákṣ-u, n. eye, x. 90, 13 [cakṣ see].
cakṣus cákṣ-us, n. eye, vii. 61, 1; 63, 1 [cakṣ see].
caturakṣa catur-akṣá, a. (Bv.) four-eyed, x. 14, 10. 11 [akṣá = ákṣi eye].
jyeṣṭha jyé-ṣṭha, spv. highest, ii. 35, 9; chief, vii. 86, 4 [spv. of jyā].
dṛśaye dṛśáye, dat. inf. to see, x. 14, 12.
dhī dhī think, III. dí̄dhye. á̄- think to oneself, ā- dí̄dhye, x. 34, 5.
parivatsariṇa parivatsar-Íṇa, a. yearly, vii. 10, 8 [pári- + vatsará, m. complete year].
brhaspati Bṛ́has-páti, m. Lord of prayer, name of a god, iv. 50, 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 10. 11; x. 14, 3 [bṛ́h-as prob. gen. = bṛhás; cp. bráhmaṇas páti].
brahman bráh-man, n. prayer, ii. 12, 14; vii. 61, 2. 6; 71, 6; 103, 8 [bṛh swell].
manīṣā man-īṣá̄, f. thought, vii. 71, 6; wisdom, x. 129, 4: prayer, v. 11, 5; hymn of praise, v. 83, 10 [manthink].
ya Yá, rel. prn. who, which, that: N. yás, i. 35, 6; 154, 12. 3. 4; 160, 4; ii. 12, 1-7. 9-15; 33, 5. 7; iii. 59, 2. 7; iv. 50, 1. 7. 9; vi. 54, 1. 2. 4; vii. 61, 1; 63, 1. 3; vii. 71, 4; 86, 1; viii. 48, 102. 12; x. 14, 5; 34, 12; 129, 7; f. yá̄, iv. 50, 3; n. yád, i. 1, 6; ii. 35, 15; vii. 61, 2; 63, 2; 103, 5. 7; x. 15, 6; 90, 23. 12; 129, 1. 3. 4; 135, 7; with kíṃ ca whatever, v. 83, 9; A. yám, i. 1, 4; ii. 12, 5. 7. 9; 35, 11; viii. 48, 1; x. 135, 3. 4; I. yéna, i. 160, 5; ii. 12, 4; iv. 51, 4; f. yáyā, iv. 51, 6; Ab. yásmād, ii. 12, 9; G. yásya, i. 154, 2; ii. 12, 1. 74. 142; 35, 7; v. 83, 43; vii. 61, 2; x. 34, 4; f. yásyās, x. 127, 4; L. yásmin, iv. 50, 8; x. 135, 1; du. yáu, x. 14, 11; pl. N. yé, i. 35, 11; 85, 1. 4; iv. 50, 2; x. 14, 3. 10; 15, 1-4. 8-10. 132. 142; 90, 7. 8; with ké whatever, x. 90, 10; f. yá̄s, vii. 49, 1. 2. 3; n. yá̄ni, ii. 33, 13; yá̄, i. 85, 12; ii. 33, 183; iv. 50, 9; vii. 86, 5; A. m. yá̄n, x. 14, 3; 15, 132; G. f. yá̄sām, vii. 49, 3; L. f. yá̄su, iv. 51, 7; vii. 49, 44; 61, 5.
yam yam extend, bestow, I. yácha, iv. 51, 10; v. 83, 5; pf. Ā. yemire submit to (dat.), iii. 59, 8; s ao.bestow on (dat.), ii. 35, 152. ádhi- extend to (dat.), i. 85, 12. á̄- guide to (lc.), root ao. inj. yamat, x. 14, 14. ní- bestow, iv. 50, 10. prá- present a share of (gen.), x. 15, 7. ví- extend to, i. 85, 12.
vatsa vatsá, m. calf, vii. 86, 5 [yearling from *vatas, Gk. ϝέτος year, Lat. vetus in vetus-tas ‘age’].
śyena śyená, m. eagle, vii. 63, 5; m. hawk, x. 127, 5.
saṃvatsara saṃ-vatsará, m. year, vii. 103, 1. 7. 9.
saptaraśmi saptá-raśmi, a. (Bv.) seven-reined, ii. 12, 12; seven-rayed, iv. 50, 4.
samudrajyeṣṭha samudrá-jyeṣṭha, a. (Bv.) having the ocean as their chief, vii. 49, 1 [samudrá, m. collection of waters + jyeṣṭha, spv. chief].
sahasrākṣa sahasrākṣá, a. (Bv.) thousand-eyed, x. 90, 1 [akṣá eye = ákṣi].
hantr han-tṛ́, m. slayer, ii. 12, 10.
hari hár-i, m. bay steed, i. 35, 3 [Av. zairi- ‘yellowish’; Lat. helu-s, Lith. zelù, OG. gělo].
harita hár-ita, a. yellow, vii. 103, 4. 6. 10 [Av. zairita ‘yellowish’].
hiraṇyākṣa hiraṇyākṣá, a. (Bv.) golden-eyed, i. 35, 8 [akṣá = akṣí eye].
     Macdonell Search  		 Results for ye35 results
     
yena in. (of ya) ad. cj. whither; where; in which manner, as (cor. tena); whereby, wherefore, on account of which; that, as; be cause, since (cor. tena); in order that (w. pr. or pot.); so (tathâ etc.) that (w. pr., ft., or pot.).
yeṣṭha spv. going best, swiftest (RV.).
ajyeṣṭha a. not the eldest: pl. of whom none is the eldest; not the best; -vritti, a. not behaving as an elder brother.
adhyeṣaṇa n. request.
adhyetavya fp. to be studied, -read.
anabhidhyeya fp. not to be thought of.
anākhyeya fp. not to be told.
anyedyus ad. on the following day; one day.
ākhyeya fp. to be told, -related, -admitted.
ityetannāmaka a. having the names just mentioned.
kuvalayeśa m. lord of earth, king: -tâ, f. dominion.
jayendra m. N.: -senâ, f. N.; -½îs- vara, m. lord of victory (Siva); N. of a temple.
jyeṣṭhatara cpv. m. one of the elders; â, f. nurse; -tâ, f., -tva, n. superiority, pre cedence; primogeniture; -pâla, m. N.; -va yas, a. older than (--°ree;); -varnin, m. Brâhman; -vritti, a. behaving like an elder brother; -sâman, n. N. of a Sâman; a. one who chants this Sâman; -sâma-ga, a. id.; -½âsrama, m. most excellent order (that of the householder); a. living in the householder stage.
jyeṣṭha spv. most excellent or beauteous; greatest; highest; best; first; chief; superior to (ab.); eldest: -m, ad. most, greatly; m. elder brother; (sc. ghata) ascending bucket on the water-wheel; N. of a month, May--June (=gyaishtha); &asharp;, f. eldest wife; N. of the 16th (18th) lunar station; misfortune; n. chief thing.
tryeṇī a. f. spotted in three places.
dhyeya fp. to be meditated on; to be thought of as (nm.).
paryeṣṭavya fp. to be sought; -½eshana, n. search.
pratyeka a. each single: °ree;-or -m, ad. singly; at, on, with, or for each singly; in connexion with each; -buddha, m. isolated Buddha (who works out his individual salvation only); -sas, ad. singly, for each single one.
pratyetavya fp. to be recognised, accepted, or regarded as (nm.); -½etos, g. inf. √ i (sc. îsvarah); (práti)-½enas, m. next heir; -½enasya, n. next reversion of (g.).
prātaradhyeya fp. to be recited early in the morning; -anuvâká, m. early recitation (the litany with which the Prâtah savana begins); -anta, a. ending in the morning; -apavarga, a. id.; -abhivâda, m. morning greeting; -avanegá, m. morning ablution; -ahna, m. early part of the day, forenoon; -âsa, m. morning meal, breakfast; -âsita, pp. having taken one's morning meal, having breakfasted; -âhutí, f.morning sacri fice (the second half of the daily Agnihotra sacrifice).
prāyeṇa in. ad. for the most part, mostly, generally, as a rule; in all proba bility.
madhyenagaram ad. within a city; -nadi, ad. in or into the river; -na resvara-sabham, ad. in the midst of the assembly of the princes; -padmam, ad. in a lotus; -prishtham, ad. on the back; -vin dhya½atavi, ad. in the forests of the Vindhya; -vindhya½antar, ad. in the midst of the Vin dhya; -vyoma, ad. in the air; -sabham, ad. in the assembly, in public; -samudram, ad. in the midst of the sea.
manuṣyendra m. best of men; -½îsvara, m. lord of men, king.
yudhaye d. inf. (√ yudh) to fight (RV.).
vanyetara a. reverse of wild, tame: w. nivâsâh, m. dwellings the reverse of syl van; -½ibha, m. wild elephant.
vahyeśayā a. f. lying on a litter or couch (RV.1).
vidyeśa m. lord of knowledge, ep. of Siva; a class of the saved among the mystical Sivaites; -½îsvara, m. id.; N. of a magician.
vyenas a. guiltless (RV.1); (ví)-enî, a. f. various-tinted (dawn; RV.1).
śabdākhyeya fp. that may be said aloud; -½âdambara, m. verbosity; -½âdi mat, a. possessed of sound etc.; -½anurûpa, a. corresponding with one's voice; -½anusâs ana, n. doctrine of words, grammar; -½anu sâra, m. following a sound: in. in the direc tion of the sound (look).
śyena m. eagle (that brings down Soma to man; V.); falcon, hawk; kind of ekâha (S.); kind of battle-array (C.); a. eagle like (breast; Br., S.): -gîvin, m. falconer; (á)-patvan, a. flying with eagles (car; RV.1); -½avapâtam, ad. swooping down like an eagle or hawk.
śyeta a. (énî) reddish white, white.
saṃkhyeya fp. to be numbered, calculable, not numerous.
savyetara a. opposite of left, right.
haye V. ij. O, ho!
harmyeṣṭhā a. remaining in the house or stall (RV.1;=gharmye-shth&asharp;, RV.1).
     Vedic Index of
     Names and Subjects  		 Results for ye10 results
     
yevāṣa Is the name of a destructive insect in the Atharvaveda. The form Yavāṣa is found in the Kāthaka Samhitā. Cf. Vrṣa.
ajyeyatā See Brāhmaṇa.
uccaiḥśravas kaupayeya Appears in the Jaiminīya Upani­ṣad Brāhmaṇa as a king of the Kurus and as maternal uncle of Keśin. His connexion with the Kurus is borne out by the fact that Upamaśravas was son of Kuru- śravaṇa, the names being strikingly similar.
kaupayeya Is the patronymic of Uccaihśravas.
kṣipraśyena ‘ swift falcon,’ is the name of a bird in the Maitrāyanī Samhitā and the Satapatha Brāhmana.
jyeṣṭha Ordinarily meaning ‘ greatest,’ has further the specific sense of ‘ eldest ’ brother in the Rigveda. It also means the eldest among sons, which is another side of the same sense.
jyeṣṭhaghnī Slaying the eldest,’ is the name of a Naksatra, or lunar mansion, usually called Jyesthā, in the Atharvaveda and the Taittirīya Brāhmana. It is Antares or Cor Scipioηis.
jyeṣṭha See Naksatra.
pratyenas Is found with Ugra and Sūta-grāmanī in the Brhadāranyaka Upanisad, clearly denoting an officer of police. The sense must be that of the humbler ‘servants’ of the king rather than ‘ magistrates,’ as Max Muller, in his translation, takes it. In the Kāthaka Samhitā and the Sāñkhāyana śrauta Sūtra the word means, according to the St. Petersburg Dictionary, the next heir, who is responsible for the debts of a dead man.
śyena Is the name in the Rigveda of a strong bird of prey, most probably the ‘eagle’; later (as in post-Vedic Sanskrit) it seems to mean the 'falcon' or 'hawk.' It is the swiftest of birds, and a source of terror to smaller birds. It is the strongest of birds, and even attacks herds. It watches over men (nr-caksas), a reference, no doubt, to its lofty flight in air. It brings the Soma from heaven.
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  		 Results for ye891 results
     
ye aṃsatrā ya ṛdhag rodasī ye RV.4.34.9c.
ye aṃsyā ye aṅgyāḥ RV.1.191.7a.
ye agnayaḥ pāñcajanyāḥ (Mś. purīṣiṇaḥ) VS.18.67a; śB.9.5.1.53a; Mś.6.2.6.26a. P: ye agnayaḥ Kś.18.6.23. See ye 'gnayaḥ purīṣyāḥ.
ye agnayaḥ (TS.KSṭB.Apś. 'gnayaḥ) samanasaḥ (Mś. -sāḥ, vḷ. -saḥ; KS. adds sacetasaḥ) VS.13.25a; 14.6a; TS.4.4.11.2a; MS.1.6.2a (bis): 88.1; 89.6; 2.8.12a (bis): 116.6,14; KS.7.14a; 17.10 (bis); śB.8.7.1.6; TB.1.2.1.18a; Apś.5.20.4; Mś.1.5.4.19; 1.5.5.18.
ye agnayo apsv antar ye vṛtre AVś.3.21.1a. P: ye agnayo apsv antaḥ GB.2.2.12; Vait.16.16; ye agnayaḥ Kauś.9.1; 43.16,20; 72.13; 82.25; 123.1. See yo apsv antar.
ye agnayo divo ye pṛthivyāḥ MS.1.6.2a: 88.7; 1.6.7a: 97.6; Apś.5.18.1a; Mś.1.5.4.20. See ye 'gnayo divo.
ye agnayo na śośucann idhānāḥ RV.6.66.2a; MS.4.14.11a: 233.5.
ye agnayo vihṛtā dhiṣṇyāḥ pṛthivīm anu te naḥ pāntu Vait.18.4.
ye agnā dadhire duvaḥ RV.4.8.6c; KS.12.15c.
ye agnijā oṣadhijā ahīnām AVś.10.4.23a.
ye agnijihvā uta vā yajatrāḥ RV.6.52.13c; VS.33.53c; TS.2.4.14.5c; MS.4.12.1c: 179.8; ā.5.1.1.13c; TB.2.8.6.5c.
ye agnijihvā ṛtasāpa āsuḥ RV.6.21.11c.
ye agnidagdhā ye anagnidagdhāḥ (TB. Poona ed. 'nagni-) RV.10.15.14a; AVś.18.2.35a; TB.3.1.1.7a; Aś.2.19.22. P: ye agnidagdhāḥ śG.2.14.18. See next.
ye agniṣvāttā ye 'nagniṣvāttāḥ (VS. anagni-) VS.19.60a; TB.2.6.16.1a; Apś.8.15.17a. See prec.
ye agneḥ pari jajñire RV.10.62.6a.
ye agne candra te giraḥ RV.5.10.4a.
ye agne nerayanti te RV.5.20.2a.
ye agravaḥ śaśamānāḥ pareyuḥ AVś.18.2.47a.
ye aṅgāni madayanti AVś.9.8.19a.
ye añjiṣu ye vāśīṣu svabhānavaḥ RV.5.53.4a.
ye atrayo aṅgiraso navagvāḥ AVś.18.3.20a.
ye atriṇo yātudhānāḥ AVP.4.25.4a.
ye adṛṣṭāḥ pṛthivīkṣitaḥ AVP.9.6.6d.
ye adbhir īśānā marutaś caranti AVś.4.27.4c. See yābhir īśānā etc., and ye 'dbhir etc.
ye adbhir īśānā maruto varṣayanti AVś.4.27.5c. See ya īśānā maruto.
ye adrogham anuṣvadham RV.5.52.1c.
ye adharād āsyandete AVP.1.52.2a.
ye antaḥ krimayo gavi AVś.2.32.1c; AVP.2.14.1c.
ye antarikṣa uta ye divi śritāḥ MG.2.7.4b. See ye antarikṣe ye ca.
ye antarikṣa uta ye samudriyāḥ JG.2.1b.
ye antarikṣa oṣadhīṣu paśuṣv apsv antaḥ (AVP. oṣadhīṣv apsu) AVś.1.30.3b; AVP.1.14.3b. See ya oṣadhīṣu.
ye antarikṣaṃ pṛthivīṃ kṣiyanti TB.3.1.1.6c.
ye antarikṣasyeśate AVP.5.26.8c.
ye antarikṣe divi ye ca pāśāḥ AVP.5.36.2a.
ye antarikṣe ya upa dyavi ṣṭha RV.6.52.13b; VS.33.53b; TS.2.4.14.5b; MS.4.12.1b: 179.7; TB.2.8.6.5b.
ye antarikṣe ye ca divi śritāsaḥ Kauś.135.9d. See ye antarikṣa uta.
ye antarikṣe ye divi RVKh.7.55.10c; AVś.11.10.2c; VS.13.6c; TS.3.5.4.3c; 4.2.8.3c; MS.2.7.15c: 97.2; KS.16.15c; śB.7.4.1.28c; ApMB.2.17.5c; NīlarU.18c.
ye antā yāvatīḥ sicaḥ AVś.14.2.51a. P: ye antāḥ Kauś.79.26.
ye anti dūrād upanāyam eṣām RV.9.91.4d.
ye anti ye ca dūrake AVś.10.4.9b.
ye anneṣu vividhyanti TS.4.5.11.1a; MS.2.9.9a: 129.5; VārG.15.8. See ye 'nneṣu.
ye apīṣan (AVP. 'pīṣan) ye adihan (AVP. 'dihan) AVś.4.6.7a; AVP.5.8.6a.
ye apo 'śnanti ke cana TA.1.31.1d.
ye apturo divyāso na gṛdhrāḥ RV.1.118.4c.
ye aprathetām amitebhir ojobhiḥ TS.4.7.15.6a; MS.3.16.5a: 192.5; KS.22.15a. See next two, and sacetasau ye aprathethām.
ye aprathethām amitam abhi yojanam ArS.4.8b. See under prec.
ye aprathethām amitā yojanāni AVP.4.36.1b. See under prec. but two.
ye apsavam arṇavaṃ citrarādhasaḥ RV.10.65.3c.
ye apsujā vidyuta ābabhūvuḥ AVś.10.4.23b.
ye apsu ṣadāṃsi (KS. 'psu sadāṃsi) cakrire MS.2.7.15c: 97.6; KS.16.15c. See teṣām apsu, and yeṣām apsu.
ye apsv (AVP. 'psv) antar agnayaḥ praviṣṭāḥ AVP.10.9.1; SMB.1.7.1a; GG.3.4.14; PG.2.6.10a. P: ye apsu KhG.3.1.13.
ye amī rocane divaḥ MS.2.7.15a: 97.5. See ye cāmī, ye 'do, ye vādo, and ye vāmī.
ye amṛtaṃ bibhṛtho ye havīṃṣi AVś.4.26.4a; AVP.4.36.3b.
ye amno jātān mārayanti AVś.8.6.19a.
ye arvāṅ (AVś. arvāṅ madhya) uta vā purāṇe (AVś. -ṇam) AVś.10.8.17a; TA.2.15.1a.
ye arvāñcas tāṃ (JB. taṃ) u parāca āhuḥ RV.1.164.19a; AVś.9.9.19a; JB.1.279a.
ye arvāvati sunvire RV.8.93.6b; 9.65.22b; AVś.20.112.3b; SV.2.513b.
ye arvāvatīndavaḥ RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).3d.
ye aśnanti vaṣaṭkṛtam AVś.11.10.14b.
ye aśramāsa uravo vahiṣṭhāḥ RV.6.21.12c.
ye aśvadā uta vā santi godāḥ RV.5.42.8c.
ye aśvadāḥ saha te sūryeṇa RV.10.107.2b.
ye aśvinā ye pitarā ya ūtī RV.4.34.9a.
ye astā ye cāsyāḥ AVś.1.19.2b; AVP.1.20.2b.
ye asmad apacetasaḥ TB.3.3.11.1c; Apś.3.13.6c.
ye asmabhyaṃ dhanadā udbhidaś ca RV.10.116.9d.
ye asmākaṃ tanvam āviviśuḥ (AVP. tanvaṃ sthāma cakrire) AVś.2.31.5c; AVP.2.15.5c.
ye asmākaṃ pitaro goṣu yodhāḥ RV.3.39.4b.
ye asmin kāmaṃ suyujaṃ tatasre RV.4.23.5d.
ye asmin kāmam aśriyan RV.8.2.39c.
ye asmin (KS. 'smin) mahaty arṇave MS.2.9.9a: 128.9; KS.17.16a; Mś.11.7.1.4. See under asmin mahaty.
ye asya kāmaṃ janidhā iva gman RV.10.29.5b; AVś.20.76.5b.
ye asya gopā mahato babhūvuḥ AVś.10.8.9d; N.12.38d.
ye asyā ācaraṇeṣu dadhrire RV.1.48.3c.
ye uttarād āsyandete AVP.1.52.4a.
ye usriyā bibhṛtho ye vanaspatīn AVś.4.26.5a; AVP.4.36.4a.
ye kakṣeṣv aghāyavaḥ AVP.1.42.3c; VS.11.79c; TS.4.1.10.2c; MS.2.7.7c: 83.18; KS.16.7c.
ye karmaṇaḥ kriyamāṇasya mahnā RV.10.55.7c; SV.2.1134c.
ye kīlālena (AVP. kīlālais) tarpayatho (AVś.4.27.5a, and AVP.4.35.5a, tarpayanti) ye ghṛtena AVś.4.26.6a; 4.27.5a; AVP.4.35.5a; 4.36.5a.
ye kukundhāḥ kukūrabhāḥ AVś.8.6.11a.
ye kṛtvano devakṛtāḥ AVś.19.35.5a. Cf. ya ṛṣṇavo.
ye kṛṣṇāḥ śitibāhavaḥ AVś.5.23.5b; AVP.7.2.5b.
ye ke ca jmā mahino ahimāyāḥ RV.6.52.15a; KS.13.15a; Aś.2.9.14; 3.7.10. P: ye ke ca jmā KS.20.15; śś.6.10.6; Rvidh.2.22.6.
ye ke ca pṛthivīm anu (KS. pṛthivyām adhi) RVKh.7.55.10b; VS.13.6b; TS.4.2.8.3b; MS.2.7.15b: 97.1; KS.16.15b; śB.7.4.1.28b; ApMB.2.17.5b; NīlarU.18b.
ye ke ca bhrātaraḥ sthana (śś. sthāḥ) AB.7.17.7c; śś.15.26c.
ye ke ca rājan pratiśatravas te AVś.4.22.6b; AVP.3.21.6b.
ye ke ca viśvarūpāḥ AVś.5.23.5c; AVP.7.2.5c.
ye ke ca stha vyadhvarāḥ AVś.6.50.3d.
ye ke cātmahano janāḥ VS.40.3d; īśāU.3d. See avidvāṃso 'budhā.
ye ke cedam apāsauṣuḥ AVP.13.3.5a.
ye ke cobhayādataḥ (TA. caubha-) RV.10.90.10b; VS.31.8b; TA.3.12.5b. See ye ca ke.
aṃhasaspataye tvā # VS.7.30; 22.31; śB.4.3.1.20; Kś.9.13.18. Cf. aṃhaspatyāya.
akṛṣṭapacye aśane dhānye yaḥ # AVś.5.29.7b; AVP.12.18.8b.
agastyena medinā # AVP.10.12.5c.
agastye nāsatyā madantā # RV.1.184.5d.
agastye brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānā # RV.1.117.11c.
agnaye aṃsalam # TB.3.4.1.17. See agnaye pīvanam.
agnaye 'ṃhomuce 'ṣṭākapālaḥ (MS. 'ṃhomuce puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # TS.7.5.21.1; 22.1; MS.3.15.11: 181.1; KSA.5.18,19; Apś.20.23.2. Cf. Mś.9.2.5.
agnaye karmakṛte svāhā # TA.6.2.1.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya manthaḥ # KS.9.6.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svadhā namaḥ (JG. adds svāhā) # AVś.18.4.71; TB.1.3.10.3; Aś.2.6.12; Apś.1.8.4; Mś.1.1.2.18; 11.9.1.7; MG.2.9.13; JG.2.1; ViDh.21.7. P: agnaye kavyavāhanāya Vait.9.8; Kauś.88.2.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svadhā svāhā # ApMB.2.19.13 (ApG.8.21.4); ApMB.2.21.9 (ApG.8.22.7).
agnaye kavyavāhanāya svāhā # VS.2.29; śB.2.4.2.13; śś.4.4.1; AuśDh.5.43. P: agnaye Kś.4.1.7. See svāhāgnaye kavyavāhanāya.
agnaye kavyavāhanāya sviṣṭakṛte svadhā namaḥ # HG.2.11.3; 14.6; 15.10; BDh.2.8.14.7.
agnaye kavyavāhanāyānu brūhi # śB.2.6.1.30.
agnaye kāṇḍarṣaye svāhā # HG.2.18.3.
agnaye kāmāya svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8. Cf. kāmāya svāhā, and agnīṣomābhyāṃ kāmāya.
agnaye kuṭārūn ālabhate # VS.24.23; MS.3.14.4: 173.5.
agnaye kṣāmavate svāhā # AB.7.6.4.
agnaye gāyatrāya trivṛte rāthaṃtarāyāṣṭākapālaḥ (TS.KSA. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantāyāṣṭākapālaḥ; MS. rāthaṃtarāya vāsantikāya puroḍāśam aṣṭākapālaṃ nirvapati) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.7; KSA.5.10. P: agnaye gāyatrāya Apś.20.9.2.
agnaye gṛhapataye pāruṣṇān # VS.24.24; MS.3.14.5: 173.8.
agnaye gṛhapataye rayipataye puṣṭipataye kāmāyānnādyāya svāhā # Apś.6.13.2. P: agnaye gṛhapataye Apś.13.24.8.
agnaye gṛhapataye rayimate puṣṭipataye svāhā # VSK.3.2.5; Vait.7.17; Kś.4.14.23. Cf. agnaye rayimate.
agnaye gṛhapataye svāhā # VS.10.23; TS.1.8.15.2; 16.2; MS.2.6.13: 72.8; 4.4.7: 58.2; KS.15.8 (bis); śB.5.4.3.15; TB.1.7.10.6; Aś.2.4.8; śś.2.10.1; Apś.18.17.14; 20.4; Mś.9.1.5.4. P: agnaye gṛhapataye Kś.15.6.23.
agnaye 'gnivate svāhā # AB.7.6.1.
agnaye 'gnīṣomābhyām # JG.1.3.
agnaye ghṛtaṃ bhava # MS.1.1.11: 7.6; 4.1.13: 17.7.
agnaye ca tvā pṛthivyai connayāmi # Apś.6.8.1.
agnaye ca prajāpataye ca rātrau # Kauś.73.2a.
agnaye janavide svāhā # AVP.1.35.1; Kauś.78.10; ApMB.1.4.3 (ApG.2.5.2); MG.1.10.8; VārG.14.10. Cf. agnir janavin.
agnaye jātavedase # RV.5.5.1c; VS.3.2c.
agnaye jātāya # Mś.1.7.1.44. Cf. next, and jātāyānubrūhi.
agnaye jātāyānubrūhi # Mś.5.1.3.2. Cf. prec.
agnaye jyotiṣmate svāhā # Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye tantumate svāhā # AB.7.9.6; śG.5.4.2.
agnaye tapasvate janadvate pāvakavate svāhā # AB.7.8.4; Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye tvā # TS.1.1.8.1; TB.3.2.8.3; Mś.1.2.3.18. Cf. idam agneḥ.
agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.8.47; VSK.8.22.1; śB.11.5.9.7. P: agnaye tvā gāyatrachandasam Kś.12.5.14.
agnaye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.1.13; 2.1; KS.1.11; 31.10; śB.1.1.3.11; 3.3.1; Kauś.2.15. P: agnaye tvā Kś.2.3.37.
agnaye tvā tejasvate # TS.1.4.29.1 (bis); KS.4.11 (bis). See agnaye tvāyuṣmate.
agnaye tvā pari dadāmi (VārG. paridadāni; ApMB. dadāmy asau) # Kauś.56.13; ApMB.2.3.13 (ApG.4.10.12); JG.1.12; VārG.7.12.
agnaye tvā pavamānāya # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye pa-.
agnaye tvā pāvakāya # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye pā-.
agnaye tvā pravṛhāmi gāyatreṇa chandasā # MS.1.3.36: 42.10; 4.7.7: 102.6; KS.30.6,7. P: agnaye tvā pravṛhāmi Mś.7.1.1.21.
agnaye tvā bṛhate nākāya # MS.1.1.3: 2.9. See agnaye bṛhate.
agnaye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. dadāti), so 'mṛtatvam aśīya (VSK. aśyāt), āyur (MS. mayo) dātra edhi (MS. bhūyāt) mayo mahyaṃ pratigrahītre (śś. pratigṛhṇate) # VS.7.47; VSK.9.2.7,8; MS.1.9.4: 134.3; śB.4.3.4.28; śś.7.18.1. P: agnaye tvā Kś.10.2.28; Mś.5.2.14.9; --11.1.4. See rājā tvā varuṇo, and varuṇas tvā nayatu.
agnaye tvāyuṣmate # MS.1.3.31: 41.3 (bis). See agnaye tvā tejasvate.
agnaye tvā rāyaspoṣade (TS. -dāvne) # VS.5.1; 6.32; TS.1.2.10.1; 6.2.1.3; MS.1.2.6: 16.4; 1.3.3: 30.17; 3.7.9: 88.10; 4.5.4: 68.15; KS.2.8; 3.10; 24.8; śB.3.4.1.13.
agnaye tvā varcase # VS.26.9 (bis); 8.38; VSK.8.12.1 (bis); śB.4.5.4.9 (bis).
agnaye tvā vasumate svāhā # MS.4.9.8: 128.10; TA.4.9.1; 5.7.10; KA.2.129; Apś.15.10.9.
agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya # VS.14.7; TS.1.4.13.1 (bis); 4.3.4.3; MS.2.8.1 (bis): 107.9,13; KS.17.1; śB.8.2.2.8; Apś.12.16.3. See vaiśvānarāya tvā.
agnaye tvā śucaye # Apś.17.9.8. Cf. agnaye śu-.
agnaye tvā svāhā # TS.1.1.11.1; TB.3.3.6.2.
agnaye dāṣṭy avase # RV.1.127.4c.
agnaye devebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TB.1.6.9.1; Apś.8.14.17 (cf. 8.13.7, comm.).
agnaye devebhyo dhukṣva # śś.2.8.4.
agnaye dhūṅkṣṇā (KSA. dhūṅkṣā) # TS.5.5.19.1; KSA.7.9.
agnaye namaḥ (JG. with namaḥ understood) # KSA.11.1,6; MG.2.12.3; JG.1.6; GopālU.2.97. See namo 'gnaye.
agnaye 'nīkavate prathamajān ālabhate # VS.24.16; MS.3.13.14: 171.6; Apś.20.14.10. P: agnaye 'nīkavate Apś.20.15.5.
agnaye 'nīkavate prātar aṣṭākapālaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.13; KS.9.5.
agnaye 'nīkavate rohitāñjir anaḍvān # VS.29.59; TS.5.5.24.1; KSA.8.3.
agnaye 'nubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.21,24; 5.2.31; 3.7,12; 3.4.4.11; Apś.2.19.6; 7.22.13; 12.20.16; Mś.1.3.2.8,14. Cf. Apś.2.18.3.
agnaye 'numataye svāhā # JG.1.4.
agnaye 'nnapataye svāhā # HG.1.7.18.
agnaye 'nnādāya svāhā # HG.1.7.18.
agnaye 'nnādāyānnapataye svāhā # VSK.3.2.5; AB.7.12.5; Vait.7.19; Kś.4.14.25.
agnaye pathikṛte svāhā # AB.7.8.3.
agnaye pavamānāya # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā pa-.
agnaye pavamānāyānubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.22.
agnaye pavitravate svāhā # AB.7.9.3.
agnaye pāvakāya # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā pā-.
agnaye pīvanam # VS.30.21. See agnaye aṃsalam.
agnaye puraḥsade (AVP.KS. purassade rakṣoghne) svāhā # AVP.2.54.1; MS.2.6.3: 65.11; KS.15.2; Mś.9.1.1.27. See agninetrebhyo, and ye devāḥ puraḥsado.
agnaye puroḍāśasya preṣya # Mś.1.8.5.7. Cf. Apś.7.22.13.
agnaye puroḍāśasyānubrūhi # Mś.1.8.5.7. Cf. Apś.7.22.13.
agnaye puroḍāśānām anubrūhi # Mś.2.3.7.10.
agnaye puroḍāśān prasthitān preṣya # Mś.2.3.7.10.
agnaye pṛthivīkṣite svāhā # Kś.4.14.28.
agnaye prajanayitave # TB.1.2.1.8d; Apś.5.1.14d.
agnaye praṇīyamānāyānubrūhi # AB.1.28.1; Apś.7.6.4; Mś.1.7.3.38; 5.1.3.13.
agnaye prahriyamāṇāya # Mś.1.7.1.45. See next.
agnaye prahriyamāṇāyānubrūhi # śB.3.5.2.2; 6.3.9; 9.2.3.1; Kś.18.3.17; Mś.5.1.3.3 (erroneously, prahriyamānā-). See prec., and cf. agnibhyaḥ prahriyamāṇebhyo 'nubrūhi, agnibhyāṃ prahriyamāṇābhyām anubrūhi, and prahriyamāṇāya.
agnaye preṣya # Apś.7.22.13; 12.20.16.
agnaye 'psumate svāhā # AB.7.7.2.
agnaye balimate svāhā # TB.3.12.2.7.
agnaye bṛhate nākāya (KS.ApMB. nākāya svāhā) # TS.1.1.3.1; KS.1.3; 31.2; TB.3.2.3.5; ApMB.2.6.9 (ApG.5.11.22). See agnaye tvā bṛhate.
agnaye brahma ṛbhavas tatakṣuḥ # RV.10.80.7a.
agnaye bharatā bṛhat # RV.3.10.5b; SV.1.98b; TS.3.2.11.1b.
agnaye mathyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.5.3; AB.1.16.1; śB.3.4.1.22; Apś.7.13.1; Mś.1.7.1.42; 5.1.3.1. P: agnaye mathyamānāya śś.3.13.16.
agnaye madhumad vacaḥ # RV.1.78.5b.
agnaye marutvate svāhā # AB.7.9.8.
agnaye yaviṣṭhāya trayo nakulāḥ # TS.5.6.15.1; KSA.9.5.
agnaye rakṣoghne svāhā # TS.1.8.7.2; TB.1.7.1.5; Apś.18.9.12.
agnaye rayimate paśumate puṣṭipataye svāhā # śś.2.10.1. Cf. agnaye gṛhapataye rayimate, and next.
agnaye rayimate svāhā # TA.6.1.2. Cf. prec.
agnaye varuṇāya svāhā # AB.7.9.5. Cf. svāhāgnaye varuṇāya.
agnaye vasumate somāya rudravata indrāya marutvate varuṇāyādityavate 'nubrūhi # Mś.5.1.10.5.
agnaye vivicaye svāhā # AB.7.6.3.
agnaye vītamanyave svāhā # KS.37.13,14.
agnaye vītaye svāhā # AB.7.6.2.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālaḥ # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; 22.1; KS.21.10; KSA.5.10,19. Cf. vaiśvānaraṃ dvādaśakapālam.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya dvādaśakapālo mṛgākhare yadi nāgachet # TS.7.5.21.1; KSA.5.18.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya suvargāya lokāyā svāhā # TA.6.2.1; 4.2.
agnaye vaiśvānarāya svāhā # VS.11.66; TS.4.1.9.1; MS.2.7.7: 82.9; KS.16.7; AB.7.9.1; śB.6.6.1.20; Aś.2.4.14; Kś.25.12.10; śG.5.4.2. See svāhāgnaye vaiśvānarāya.
agnaye vaiśvānarāyānubrūhi # Mś.6.2.5.17.
agnaye vo juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # TS.1.1.5.1; TB.3.2.5.4; Apś.1.19.1.
agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.5: 3.4. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi MS.4.1.5: 7.1; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.5: 7.4.
agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmy amuṣmai vo juṣṭān # MS.1.1.6: 3.10. Ps: agnaye vo juṣṭān prokṣāmi Mś.1.2.2.2; agnaye vo juṣṭān MS.4.1.6: 7.16.
agnaye vratapataye svāhā # AB.7.8.2; Apś.9.9.14; Kauś.56.6.
agnaye vratabhṛte svāhā # AB.7.8.1.
agnaye śucaye # Apś.5.21.5. Cf. agnaye tvā śu-.
agnaye śucaye svāhā # AB.7.7.3; Apś.9.9.14.
agnaye śulkaṃ harāmi tviṣīmate # Kauś.4.1b.
agnaye saṃvargāya svāhā # AB.7.7.1,4.
agnaye saṃveśapataye svāhā # VS.2.20. P: agnaye Kś.3.7.18.
agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamad, yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā sam anamad evaṃ mahyaṃ bhadrāḥ saṃnatayaḥ saṃ namantu # TS.7.5.23.1; KSA.5.20. P: agnaye sam anamat pṛthivyai sam anamat TB.3.8.18.5; Apś.20.12.8. See next, pṛthivyām agnaye sam anaman, and cf. agniś ca pṛthivī.
agnaye sam anaman tasmai pṛthivyā sam anaman # AVP.5.35.1. See under prec.
agnaye samidham āhārṣam (śG.GG. ahārṣam) # AG.1.21.1a; śG.2.10.3a; SMB.1.6.32a; GG.2.10.46; PG.2.4.3a; HG.1.7.2a; ApMB.2.6.2a (ApG.5.11.22); JG.1.12,12a. P: agnaye samidham KhG.2.4.26. See agne (agre) samidham.
agnaye samidhyamānāya hotar anubrūhi # śB.1.3.5.3; Kś.3.1.2.
agnaye samidhyamānāyānubrūhi # TS.6.3.7.1; MS.1.4.11: 59.9; śB.1.3.5.2,3; 2.5.2.19; 6.1.21; 3.7.4.7; TB.3.3.7.1; Kś.3.1.1; Apś.2.12.1; Mś.1.3.1.1; N.1.15. P: agnaye samidhyamānāya śś.1.4.4.
agnaye surabhimate svāhā # AB.7.9.7.
agnaye svāhā # AVś.19.4.1; 43.1; VS.10.5; 22.6,27; 39.1; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.1.12.1; 14.1; 16.1; 17.1; 20.1; MS.2.6.11: 70.7; 2.6.12: 71.13; 3.12.2: 160.9; 3.12.7: 162.12; 4.4.6: 57.1; KS.15.7; 23.2 (bis); KSA.1.3,5,7,8,11; śB.2.3.1.36; 5.3.5.8; 12.6.1.16; 13.1.3.3; 14.3.2.5; 9.3.8; 4.18; TB.3.1.4.1; 8.6.3; 9.3; 17.1 (bis),2; 12.4.2--6; ṣB.5.7; AdB.7; śś.2.10.1; 6.3.8; Kś.15.5.3; 18.5.3; 20.2.3; Mś.1.5.3.18; 9.1.3.20; 9.1.4.10; 9.2.1.27; 9.2.2.30; Apś.9.9.14; 18.15.8; 20.4.5; 5.9; 11.3,4,7; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; BṛhU.6.3.8; 4.18; AG.1.9.7; 10.13; 4.3.26; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.4.1; 6.11; 72.27; 81.31; 94.14; 95.3; 119.2; 130.2; 131.2; 135.9 (p. 285); GG.1.3.9; 8.4,9; KhG.1.5.13; 2.1.17; PG.1.9.3; 12.3; HG.1.2.16; 7.18; 23.8; ApG.1.2.6; MG.1.5.4; 2.2.18; 3.1; JG.1.3,23; BDh.3.9.4; Svidh.1.8.9,13. Cf. agniṃ svāhā.
agnaye svāhā somāya pavitravate varuṇāya dhanvantaraye manasā prājāpatyaṃ brahmaṇe 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # Svidh.1.3.7.
agnaye svāhā somāya svāhāgniṣomābhyām indrāgnibhyām indrāya viśvebhyo devebhyo brahmaṇe prajāpataye 'gnaye sviṣṭakṛte # GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte (namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte 'nubrūhi # śB.2.2.3.24; 5.2.39; 3.10,15; 3.8.3.34; 4.5.2.11; 5.2.2.18; 3.3.15; 4.4.24; Apś.2.21.6; 7.25.17; Mś.1.3.2.24; --8.5.32.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte preṣya # śB.3.8.3.34; 5.3.3.15; Apś.7.25.17; Mś.1.8.5.33.
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte suhutahute sarvaprāyaścittāhutīnāṃ (HG. suhutahute sarvahuta āhutīnāṃ; ApMB. suhutahuta āhutīnāṃ) kāmānāṃ samardhayitre sarvān naḥ kāmān samardhaya (the last four words omitted in ApMBḥG.) svāhā # AG.1.10.23; HG.1.3.7; ApMB.2.18.31 (ApG.7.20.4).
agnaye sviṣṭakṛte svāhā # TB.3.12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2; śG.1.17.8; 2.14.4; Kauś.5.12; GG.1.8.14; KhG.2.1.24; PG.1.12.3; HG.1.7.18; 2.8.9; MG.2.2.22. Cf. agnaye sviṣṭakṛte, in GDh.26.16; SaṃnyāsaU.1; Svidh.1.2.5; 3.7, and agnibhyaḥ sviṣṭa-.
agnaye hiraṇyavate svāhā # AB.7.9.4.
agnipataye 'gnaye me mṛḍa # Apś.6.1.8.
agnipataye 'gnaye me viddhi # Apś.6.1.8.
agnihutasyendrapīthasyendor indriyāvataḥ, yo bhakṣo gosanir aśvasanir dhanasaniḥ prajāsanir lokasaniḥ, tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi gāyatreṇa chandasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # Vait.19.16. Cf. Kś.25.12.6.
aghāśvasyedaṃ bheṣajam # AVś.10.4.10a.
aghnye padavīr bhava # AVś.12.5.58a.
aghnye pra śiro jahi brahmajyasya # AVś.12.5.60a.
acyutakṣitaye svāhā # Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2.
ajītaye 'hataye pavasva # RV.9.96.4a.
ajyeṣṭhāso akaniṣṭhāsa ete # RV.5.60.5a.
añjaye svāhā # TS.7.3.17.1; KSA.3.7.
añjyetāya svāhā # TS.7.3.17.1; KSA.3.7; TB.3.8.17.4; Apś.20.6.4; 11.13.
athānyebhyo 'dadad vaśām # AVś.12.4.23b.
athāsyetaram ātmānam # AVś.11.8.31c.
athāsyendro grāvabhyām # AVś.6.138.2c. Cf. ubhābhyām asya.
adābhyena śociṣā # RV.10.118.7a; Rvidh.2.25.5.
aditaye svāhā # śG.2.14.4. See adityai svāhā.
adyūtye 'vase ni hvaye vām # RV.1.112.24c; VS.34.29c.
adyed u prāṇīd amamann imāhā # RV.10.32.8a.
adveṣye # see adveṣe.
adhipataye svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; 22.30,32; MS.3.12.11: 163.15; KS.14.1; 35.10; śB.5.2.1.2; TB.3.10.7.1; Apś.14.25.11.
adhodigadhipataye 'nantāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
aniṣṭyeṣṭim abhi jāyamānā # AVP.12.10.7c.
anujyeṣṭhaṃ varca āyur vikalpya # AVP.2.23.1b.
anuprāsyemāni pṛthumadhyamāni # AVP.15.12.11c.
anumataye svāhā # śB.14.9.4.18; BṛhU.6.4.18; AG.4.3.26; śG.2.14.4; Kauś.45.16. P: anumataye PG.2.10.9; BDh.3.9.4. Cf. SaṃnyāsaU.1. See anumatyai etc., and asūyantyai.
anuvatsarīyodvatsarīye svastim āśāse # Mś.1.7.8.6. See prec.
antarāditye manasā carantam # TA.3.11.6b.
annādāyānnapataye rudrāya namo agnaye # AVś.19.55.5.
annādyena yaśasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # AVś.13.4.49,56.
anyasyeveha tanvā viveṣa # RV.2.35.13d; KS.35.3d.
anye jāyāṃ pari mṛśanty asya # RV.10.34.4a.
anyedyukaṃ sadaṃdiṃ tvā tṛtīyaka # AVP.1.45.1c.
anyena mat pramudaḥ kalpayasva # RV.10.10.12c; AVś.18.1.13c.
anyena mad āhano yāhi tūyam # RV.10.10.8c; AVś.18.1.9c; N.5.2.
anyebhyaḥ puruṣebhyo 'nyatra mat # ApMB.2.22.3d; HG.1.14.7.
anyebhyas tvā puruṣebhyaḥ # AVś.12.2.16a. P: anyebhyas tvā Kauś.71.8.
anyebhyo dharmebhyo 'ntaro bhava # ApDh.1.3.8.30.
anyebhyo 'pi kāmebhyaḥ punar api na tūllikhāmi # ā.5.1.4.6.
anyeṣāṃ yā śatakrato # RV.8.33.14d.
anyeṣāṃ vindate (JG. vinda te) vasu (SMB.JG. vasu, or dhanam) # AVś.14.2.8d; SMB.2.4.1d; ApMB.1.6.11d; JG.1.1d.
anyeṣāṃ jāyāṃ sukṛtaṃ ca yonim # RV.10.34.11b.
anyeṣām astam upa naktam eti # RV.10.34.10d.
anyeṣu kṣipradhanvane # AVś.11.4.23c.
anyeṣv ahaṃ sumanāḥ saṃ viśeyam # śG.3.5.3d. See teṣv ahaṃ, and mitreṇa sākaṃ.
anye 'sman # see anyam asman.
apīcyena manasota jihvayā # RV.10.53.11b.
apīcye na vayam asya vidma # RV.10.12.8b; AVś.18.1.36b.
apīcyena sahasā sahante # RV.7.60.10b.
aptūrye maruta āpir eṣaḥ # RV.3.51.9a.
aptūrye vṛtratūrye # śś.8.16.1.
apriye prati muñca tat # AVś.8.6.26d. See dviṣadbhyaḥ prati, and cf. next, apriyaḥ, and priya prati.
apriye prati muñcatam # Kauś.58.1d. Cf. under prec.
apriye saṃ nayāmasi # AVś.19.57.1d; AVP.2.37.3d; 3.30.1d. See āptye, and dviṣate etc.
abhiṣṭaye sadāvṛdham # RV.8.68.5a.
abhyeti na # see abhyaiti.
abhriye didyun nakṣatriye # AVś.2.2.4a; AVP.1.7.4a; KA.1.101Da; 2.101D.
amartyena nāmnāti pra sasre # RV.6.18.7b.
amartye ya ājuhoti havyam # RV.7.1.23b.
amartyeṣu śrava ichamānāḥ # RV.1.110.5d.
amāvāsye na tvad etāny anyaḥ # AVś.7.79.4a. Cf. prajāpate na etc.
amāvāsye saṃvasanto (Mś. saṃviśanto) mahitvā # AVś.7.79.1b; TS.3.5.1.1b; Mś.6.2.3.8b.
amṛtasyeva vā asi # AVP.2.20.5b; 9.11.10c.
ayasmaye drupade bedhiṣa iha # AVś.6.63.3a; 84.4a.
ayasmayena brahmaṇā # Kauś.46.55d.
ayasmayenāṅkena # AVś.7.115.1c.
ayebhyaḥ (TB. avebhyaḥ) kitavam # VS.30.8; TB.3.4.1.5.
ayodhyena duścyavanena dhṛṣṇunā # AVś.19.13.3b; AVP.7.4.3b. See yutkāreṇa.
ayodhyeva etc. # see ayoddheva.
araṇyeyaṃ cārmyeyam # AVP.6.14.5d.
araṇye vodake 'pi vā # RVKh.5.49.1b.
araṇyeṣu jarbhurāṇā caranti # RV.1.163.11d; VS.29.22d; TS.4.6.7.4d; KSA.6.3d.
arāyebhyo jighatsubhyaḥ # AVś.8.2.20c.
arciḥpāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.7; AdB.7.
avairahatyāyedam ā papatyāt # AVś.6.29.3a.
avyaye vāre arṣati # RV.9.103.3b. See somaḥ punāno arṣati.
avye jīrāv adhi ṣvani # RV.9.66.9b.
avye punānaṃ pari vāra ūrmiṇā # RV.9.86.25a. Cf. next but one.
avye vadhūyuḥ pavate pari tvaci # RV.9.69.3a.
avye sasāra pavamāna ūrmiṇā # RV.9.86.13b. Cf. prec. but one.
avye harir ny adhāviṣṭa sānavi # RV.9.70.8b.
aśmamayena varmaṇā # Kauś.46.55e.
aśvayeva haritā yāti dhārayā # RV.9.107.8c; SV.1.515c; 2.347c.
aśvasyeva jarato vasnyasya # RV.10.34.3c.
aśvasyeva vṛṣaṇaḥ kranda eti # AVś.11.2.22b.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate ghāsam asmai (AVś.19.55.7b, agne) # AVś.19.55.1b,7b; VS.11.75b; TS.4.1.10.1b; MS.2.7.7b: 83.11; KS.16.7b; 19.10; śB.6.6.3.8. See next.
aśvāyeva tiṣṭhate jātavedaḥ # AVś.3.15.8b. See prec.
asaṃkhyeyaṃ svam asmin niviṣṭam # AVś.10.8.24b.
asaṃkhyeyā aparyantā anantāḥ # Kauś.135.9b.
asūrye tamasi vāvṛdhānam # RV.5.32.6b.
asyed indro madeṣv ā # RV.9.1.10a; 106.3a; SV.2.46a.
asyed indro vāvṛdhe vṛṣṇyaṃ śavaḥ # RV.8.3.8a; AVś.20.99.2a; SV.2.924a; VS.33.97a.
asyed u tveṣasā ranta sindhavaḥ # RV.1.61.11a; AVś.20.35.11a.
asyed u pra brūhi pūrvyāṇi # RV.1.61.13a; AVś.20.35.13a.
asyed u bhiyā girayaś ca dṛḍhāḥ # RV.1.61.14a; AVś.20.35.14a.
asyed u mātuḥ savaneṣu sadyaḥ # RV.1.61.7a; AVś.20.35.7a.
asyed eva pra ririce mahitvam # RV.1.61.9a; AVś.20.35.9a; TS.2.4.14.2a; MS.4.12.2a: 181.11; KS.8.17a. P: asyed evā (!) MS.4.12.5: 192.14.
asyed eva śavasā śuṣantam # RV.1.61.10a; AVś.20.35.10a.
asyed eṣā sumatiḥ paprathānā # RV.10.31.6a.
asyendra kumārasya # AVś.5.23.2a; AVP.7.2.2a.
asyeśānā jagato viṣṇupatnī # AVP.15.2.3b; TS.4.4.12.5b; MS.3.16.4b: 190.1; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
asyeśānā sahaso yā manotā # AVP.15.2.4b; TS.4.4.12.5b; MS.3.16.4b: 189.15; KS.22.14b; Aś.4.12.2b.
asyopasadye mā riṣāma # śG.3.7.3c; Kauś.89.13c. See prec.
ahaye budhniyāya mantraṃ śriyam # Apś.5.18.2c.
ahaye budhniyāya svāhā # TB.3.1.5.11.
ahaye vā tān pradadātu somaḥ # RV.7.104.9c; AVś.8.4.9c.
aharpataye svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; MS.1.11.3: 163.17; śB.5.2.1.2.
ākarśye karśyo yathā # Apś.21.20.3d. See gīḥ kośvo-, and madhv ity ākarṣaiḥ. Cf. next.
ākūtaye svāhā # Mś.1.5.6.20; VārG.1.26. See ākūtyai svāhā.
āgneyadigadhipataye 'gnaye namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
āgneyena śarmaṇā daivyena # Apś.4.7.2e.
ācārye daśarātraṃ syāt # Kauś.141.27c.
ājyena ghṛtena # AVP.9.3.5a.
ājyena tejasājyasva # Aś.3.14.13b; Apś.9.6.11b.
ājyena dadhnodehi # Apś.7.8.5. Vikāra of ājyenodehi.
ājyena pratyanajmy enat (Mś. -jmi tat) # TB.3.7.5.6c; Apś.2.19.6c; Mś.1.3.2.13c.
ājyenānuṣicyate # AVP.9.28.2b.
ājyenābhighāritaḥ # AVś.5.21.3d.
ājyenābhighāritau # AVś.10.9.25b.
ājyenodehi # śB.1.2.5.21; TB.3.2.9.14; Kś.2.6.34; Apś.2.3.11; 11.3.1; Mś.1.2.4.23; 2.2.1.22; 2.2.2.9. Cf. ājyena dadhno-.
ājye marutvatīye ca # Vait.19.20c.
ātithye raṇann ṛbhavaḥ sasantaḥ # RV.4.33.7b.
āditye ca nṛcakṣasi # AVś.10.3.18b.
āditye candravarṇānām # TA.1.12.1c.
ādityena nāmnā śaṃbhaviṣṭhāḥ # RV.10.77.8b.
ādityena sahīyasā # RVKh.1.50.1b.
ādityebhir aditiṃ viśvajanyām # RV.7.10.4c.
ādityebhir devebhir devatayā jāgatena tvā chandasā yunajmi # TS.7.1.18.1; KSA.1.9.
ādityebhir vasubhir aṅgirobhiḥ # RV.7.44.4d; AVś.2.12.4b; AVP.2.5.4b.
ādityebhir vasubhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ # AVP.5.37.6b.
ādityebhiś ca rājabhiḥ # RV.1.20.5c; KB.26.13.
ādityebhyaḥ # śś.8.1.3. Cf. next but one.
ādityebhyaḥ pañcadaśākṣarāya chandase svāhā # MS.1.11.10: 173.9. Cf. ādityāḥ pa-.
ādityebhyaḥ preṣya (Mś. omits preṣya) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. adds preṣya) # śB.4.3.5.20; Mś.2.5.1.9; Apś.13.10.1. Short form: ādityebhyaḥ preṣya Kś.10.4.13 (comm.); Apś.13.10.1. Cf. prec. but one.
ādityebhyas tvā # VS.2.16; 8.1--4; TS.1.1.13.1; 4.22.1; 4.4.1.2; 6.2; MS.1.3.26 (bis): 39.3,6; 2.8.13: 117.6; KS.4.10 (ter); 17.7; 22.5; 37.17; PB.1.9.11; śB.1.8.3.8; 4.3.5.6,10,12,15; TB.3.3.9.2; Vait.22.17; Kś.9.9.20; Apś.3.5.7.
ādityebhyas tvā pravṛhāmi jāgatena chandasā # MS.1.3.36: 42.11. Cf. ādityās tvā pra-.
ādityebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.22.28; MS.1.7.1: 110.6; 1.7.5: 114.9; 3.12.7: 162.17; KS.8.14; 9.3.
ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyo madhv idam # AVś.12.3.44a. P: ādityebhyo aṅgirobhyaḥ Kauś.62.18.
ādityebhyo namaḥ # KSA.11.3.
ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi (Mś. ādityebhyaḥ) priyebhyaḥ priyadhāmabhyaḥ priyavratebhyo mahasvasarasya (Mś. mahaḥ sva-) patibhya uror antarikṣasyādhyakṣebhyaḥ (Mś. -bhyo 'nubrūhi) # Kś.10.4.12,13; Apś.13.10.1; Mś.2.5.1.8. Short form: ādityebhyo 'nubrūhi śB.4.3.5.20; Apś.13.10.1.
ādityebhyo nyaṅkūn # VS.24.27; MS.3.14.9: 174.3.
ādityeṣu pra varuṇe dhṛtavrate # RV.8.27.3c.
ādityeṣu marutsu yā # AVP.2.18.5b.
āpataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # VSK.5.2.1; TS.1.2.10.2; 6.2.2.2; MS.1.2.7: 16.12; 3.7.10 (bis): 90.14; 91.1; GB.2.2.3; Vait.13.16; Apś.11.1.1; Mś.2.2.1.2. See next.
āpataye tvā paripataye gṛhṇāmi tanūnaptre śākvarāya śakvana (KS. tanūnaptre śakmane śākvarāya śakmann) ojiṣṭhāya # VS.5.5; KS.2.8; śB.3.4.2.10. P: āpataye Kś.8.1.19. See prec.
āpaye svāhā # VS.9.20; śB.5.2.1.2; Kś.14.5.1.
āptye pari dadmasi # RV.8.47.15d.
āptye saṃ nayāmasi # RV.8.47.17d. See under apriye saṃ.
āyataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # GB.2.2.3. Error for āpataye, q.v.
āyemire rathyo agne aśvāḥ # RV.3.6.8d.
āye vāmasya saṃgathe rayīṇām # RV.2.38.10c; MS.4.14.6c: 224.3; TB.2.8.6.3c.
ārjīkīye madintamaḥ # RV.8.64.11c.
ārjīkīye śṛṇuhy ā suṣomayā # RV.10.75.5d; TA.10.1.13d; MahānU.5.4d; N.9.26d.
ārṣeyeṣu ni dadha odana tvā # AVś.11.1.33a; Kauś.65.12.
āśaye 'nnasya no dhehi # Kauś.106.7c. Cf. annapate.
āśrāvayeti stotriyāḥ # VS.19.24a.
āsye ca na te viṣam # AVP.4.17.2c. See next but one.
āsye juhutā haviḥ # RV.7.15.1b.
āsye na te viṣam # AVś.7.56.8c. See prec. but one.
āheyena ca daṣṭasya # AVP.15.16.5a.
itthādhiye dāśuṣe martyāya # RV.4.11.3d; KS.21.14d.
idāvatsarāyedvatsarāya # PG.3.2.2b. See under idāvatsarāya.
idhmasyeva prakṣāyataḥ (AVP. prakṣāyakaḥ; śś. prakhyāyataḥ) # AVP.12.6.4c; TB.2.4.1.2c; 3.7.6.17c,23c; TA.2.5.2c; śś.4.12.10c; Apś.4.11.5c; 16.1c.
indrajyeṣṭhā abhidyavaḥ # RV.6.51.15b; 8.83.9b.
indrajyeṣṭhā asmāṃ avantu devāḥ # RV.8.63.12d; VS.33.50d.
indrajyeṣṭhāṃ uśato yakṣi devān # RV.10.70.4d.
indrajyeṣṭhān bṛhadbhyaḥ parvatebhyaḥ # RV.4.54.5a.
indrajyeṣṭhā marudgaṇāḥ # RV.1.23.8a; 2.41.15a.
indrajyeṣṭhāsa iha mādayantām # RV.7.11.5b.
indrajyeṣṭhāso amṛtā ṛtāvṛdhaḥ # RV.10.66.1d.
indrajyeṣṭhāḥ sam agachanta sarve # AVś.7.79.2d; AVP.1.103.4d.
indrajyeṣṭhebhyo varuṇarājabhyaḥ # TB.3.7.10.4c; Apś.14.32.5c.
indrasyādhipatye kṣatraṃ me dāḥ # TS.3.3.5.1.
indrasyendo jaṭharam ā pavasva # RV.9.70.10b.
indrasyendo śivaḥ sakhā # RV.10.25.9b.
indrasyendriyam # VS.19.72--79; MS.3.11.6 (octies): 148.11,14,17; 149.3,7,11,14,17; KS.38.1 (octies); TB.2.6.2.1,3.
indrasyendriyāya svāhā # VS.10.23; śB.5.4.3.18. See under indrasya balāya.
indrasyendriyāvato 'haṃ devayajyayendriyāvy annādo bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1.
indrasyendriyeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi (TB. -yeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; TB.2.6.5.3. Ps: indrasyendriyeṇa TB.1.7.8.4; indrasya Kś.19.4.14.
indrasyendriyeṇa bṛhaspatis tvā (sc. yunaktu) # Lś.2.1.2. Cf. PB.1.3.5.
indrasyendriyeṇendriyāvān bhūyāsam # AVP.10.10.3d; KS.5.5; 32.5.
indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ śriyaidhi # VS.9.8b; śB.5.1.4.9. See indrasya yāhi prasave.
indrasyeva pra tavasas kṛtāni # RV.7.6.1c; SV.1.78c.
indrasyeva rātim ājohuvānāḥ # RV.10.178.2a; AB.4.20.27.
indrasyeva vagnur ā śṛṇva ājau # RV.9.97.13c; SV.2.156c.
indrābhimātiṣāhye # RV.3.37.3c; AVś.20.19.3c; MS.4.12.3c: 184.8.
indrāyāgnaye pūṣṇe # TS.4.2.5.6; MS.2.7.14c: 95.11. See indrāyāśvibhyāṃ.
indrāyetthā tavase atavyān # RV.5.33.1b.
indrāyenduḥ pavate kāmyaṃ madhu # RV.9.85.4b.
indrāyenduḥ pavate svādur ūrmiḥ # RV.9.110.11b.
indrāyenduṃ sarasvatī # VS.20.57a; MS.3.11.3a: 143.13; TB.2.6.12.1a.
indrāyenduṃ havāmahe # TB.3.1.3.3b.
indrāyenduṃ punītana # RV.9.62.29a.
indrāyendo pari srava # RV.8.91.3d; 9.106.4b; 112.1e--4e; 113.1e--11e; 114.1e--4e; AVP.4.26.4d; SV.1.567b; JB.1.220d; N.6.6e; 9.2e.
indrāyendo pavamāno manīṣī # RV.9.96.8c.
indrāyendo marutvate # RV.9.64.22a; SV.1.472a; 2.426a; JB.1.95; 3.143; ṣB.5.1,3; AdB.1.3; PB.13.9.1; śś.7.15.16.
indrāyendrapuruṣebhyaḥ (sc. namaḥ) # ViDh.67.15. See indrapuruṣebhyaḥ.
indrāyendrāṇyā aśvibhyām āśvayujyai paurṇamāsyai śarade ca # PG.2.16.2.
indrāyendriyāṇi dadhataḥ # VS.19.12d.
indrāyendriyāṇi vīryam # VS.20.58b; MS.3.11.3b: 143.15; KS.38.8b; TB.2.6.12.2b.
indriyeṇa te yaśasā yaśa ādade # śB.14.9.4.7; BṛhU.6.4.7.
indriyeṇa te retasā reta ādade (śB.14.9.4.10; BṛhU.6.4.10, ādadhāmi) # śB.14.9.4.9,10; BṛhU.6.4.9,10.
indriyeṇa yathāmṛtām # AVP.2.62.3b.
iyetha barhir āsadam # RV.4.9.1c; SV.1.23c; KS.40.14c.
iryeva puṣṭyai kiraṇeva bhujyai # RV.10.106.4c.
iṣudhyeva maruto rodasyoḥ # RV.1.122.1d.
iṣṭaye tvam artham iva tvam ityai # RV.1.113.6b.
īrṣyāsūye bubhukṣām # TA.1.28.1c.
ukthyebhya ukthyāyuvam # Apś.12.28.11. Cf. ukthebhyas tvo-.
ugraṃpaśye ugrajitau tad adya # AVś.6.118.1c. See under prec. but one.
ugraṃpaśye (MS. ugraṃ paśyed) rāṣṭrabhṛt kilbiṣāṇi # AVś.6.118.2a; MS.4.14.17a: 245.13; TA.2.4.1a.
ugrasyeva dhanvanaḥ # AVP.8.2.4d.
ucathye vapuṣi yaḥ svarāṭ # RV.8.46.28a.
utātraye śatadureṣu gātuvit # RV.1.51.3b.
utābhaye puruhūta śravobhiḥ # RV.3.30.5a.
utāmṛtatvasyeśānaḥ (AVś.AVP.9.5.4c, -syeśvaraḥ; AVP.8.3.2c, -syeśiṣaḥ) # RV.10.90.2c; AVś.19.6.4c; AVP.8.3.2c; 9.5.4c; ArS.4.6c; VS.31.2c; TA.3.12.1c; śvetU.3.15c. See next.
udakasyedam ayanam # AVP.5.20.2a.
udagdigadhipataye kuberāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7. Cf. kuberāya.
ubhayenaivāsmai duhe # AVś.12.4.18c.
ubhayebhiḥ pitṛbhiḥ saṃvidānaḥ # AVP.9.12.3b.
ubhayebhyaḥ pra cikitsā gaviṣṭau (VSK. ga"iṣṭau) # RV.1.91.23d; VS.34.23d; VSK.33.16d.
ubhayeṣāṃ tvā devamanuṣyāṇāṃ priyāṃ (Mś. also priyaṃ) karomi # MS.4.2.13: 37.3; Mś.9.5.6.23.
ubhayehāviṣyavaḥ # AVP.5.3.3b.
urukṣayeṣu dīdyat # RV.10.118.8c; TS.2.5.12.5c; KS.7.16c.
ūtaye vā sutapeyāya vārkaiḥ # RV.4.44.3b; AVś.20.143.3b.
ūrdhvādigadhipataye brahmaṇe namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
ṛṇaṃcaye rājani ruśamānām # RV.5.30.14b.
ṛtajyena kṣipreṇa brahmaṇas patiḥ # RV.2.24.8a.
ṛtaye stenahṛdayam # VS.30.13. See ṛtyai etc.
ṛdhadvārāyāgnaye dadāśa # RV.6.3.2b.
ṛṣaye saptavadhraye # RV.5.78.6b.
kanye putravatī bhava # MG.1.10.17c.
kanyeva tanvā śāśadānā # RV.1.123.10a.
kalaye sabhāsthāṇum # TB.3.4.1.16. See āskandāya.
kavyebhyaḥ pitṛbhyaḥ svāhā # TB.3.7.14.4; Apś.14.32.2.
kasyemāṃ devīm amṛteṣu preṣṭhām # RV.4.43.1c.
kasye mṛjānā ati yanti ripram # AVś.18.3.17a. P: kasye mṛjānāḥ Kauś.84.10.
kāmajyeṣṭhā iha mādayadhvam # AVś.9.2.8b.
kāmasyendrasya varuṇasya rājñaḥ # AVś.9.2.6a. See somasyendrasya.
kāmasyeṣuḥ susaṃnatā # AVś.3.25.3b.
kāmye # MS.4.2.1: 22.2. See prec.
kāvyebhir adābhyā # RV.7.66.17a; Aś.7.5.9; śś.12.2.5,15.
kāvyebhyaḥ # Lś.3.2.12. ūha of avamebhyaḥ etc., q.v. Cf. next.
kiraṇapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.12; AdB.12.
kulāye 'dhi kulāyam # AVś.9.3.20a.
kṛtye kṛtyākṛtaṃ punaḥ (AVP. -kṛtaṃ kṛtā) # AVś.5.14.10d; AVP.7.1.8d.
kṛtye 'mitrebhyo bhava # AVś.11.10.6c.
kruddhasyeva lohinī # TA.1.4.2b.
kṣatriyeṇa samāhitām # AVś.6.76.3b.
kṣipraśyenāya (TS.KSA. -śyenasya) vartikā # VS.24.30; TS.5.5.11.1; MS.3.14.11: 174.8; KSA.7.1.
gaṇapataye svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.3.12.11: 163.15.
gaṇaśriye svāhā # VS.22.30; MS.3.12.11: 163.14; KS.35.10; Apś.14.25.11.
gāye tvā namasā girā # RV.8.46.17e.
gāye sahasravartani (JB. -vartanīm, for -vartani ?) # SV.2.1179b; ṣB.1.4.11; JB.1.74b (bis); Lś.1.8.9b.
gārhapatyena santya # RV.1.15.12a.
gṛhapataye (sc. namaḥ) # VārG.17.9.
ghṛtenājyena vardhayan # AVP.15.21.1b.
cakrapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.10; AdB.10.
caturdaśānye mahimāno asya # RV.10.114.7a.
cittaye svāhā # HG.1.3.9. Cf. cittyai svāhā.
chāyeva viśvaṃ bhuvanaṃ sisakṣi # RV.1.73.8c.
jayema kāre puruhūta kāriṇaḥ # RV.8.21.12a.
jayema taṃ dakṣiṇayā rathena # RV.1.123.5d.
jayema pṛtsu vajrivaḥ # RV.8.68.9c; 92.11c.
jayema saṃ yudhi spṛdhaḥ # RV.1.8.3c; AVś.20.70.19c.
jayema soma mīḍhvaḥ # RV.9.61.23b.
jasuraye staryaṃ pipyathur gām # RV.1.116.22d.
jāmaryeṇa payasā pīpāya # RV.4.3.9d.
jāyed astaṃ maghavan sed u yoniḥ # RV.3.53.4a. P: jāyed astam śś.10.1.11.
jāyemahi pra te vayam # RV.1.97.4b; AVś.4.33.4b; AVP.4.29.4c; TA.6.11.1b.
jāyemahi prathamā vedhaso nṝn # RV.4.2.15b.
jāyeva patya uśatī suvāsāḥ # RV.1.124.7c; 4.3.2b; 10.71.4d; 91.13d; N.1.19d; 3.5c. Cf. jāyā patim iva.
jāyeva patyāv adhi śeva maṃhase # RV.9.82.4a.
jāyeva patye tanvaṃ riricyām # RV.10.10.7c; AVś.18.1.8c.
jāyeva yonāv araṃ viśvasmai # RV.1.66.5b.
jihmaśye caritave maghonī # RV.1.113.5a.
jihmāyete dakṣiṇā saṃ ca paśyataḥ # Vait.10.17b. See nir hvayete.
jīmūtasyeva bhavati pratīkam # RV.6.75.1a; AVP.15.10.1a; VS.29.38a; TS.4.6.6.1a; MS.3.16.3a: 185.10; KSA.6.1a; TB.3.9.4.3; AG.3.12.3. P: jīmūtasyeva Apś.20.16.4; Mś.9.2.3.19 (text, erroneously, jīmu-); VHDh.6.31. Designated as jīmūta-sūkta Rvidh.2.24.3. Cf. BṛhD.5.128.
juguśīrṣasāvaye śaṃ namo astu devāḥ # AVP.1.45.2d.
jaitrāyendra ratham ā tiṣṭha govidam # AVP.7.4.5d. See jaitram indra.
jyeṣṭha āha camasā dvā kareti # RV.4.33.5a. Cf. BṛhD.3.87 (B).
jyeṣṭhaḥ kaniṣṭha uta madhyamo yaḥ # AVP.1.86.1b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yajñavanasam # RV.4.1.2c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yan nāma nāmataḥ # Kauś.92.13c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ye brāhmaṇaṃ viduḥ # AVś.10.7.17e.
jyeṣṭhaṃ yo vṛtrahā gṛṇe # SV.1.273d; 2.283d; JB.3.75d. See jyeṣṭho etc.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vijñānam anv ita # AVP.9.4.10d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vṛtrahaṃ śavaḥ # RV.6.48.21e.
jyeṣṭhaṃ vo adya maha ā vasūnam # RV.7.43.4c.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ca ratnaṃ vibhajantam āyoḥ # RV.5.49.2d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ ca vṛṣabhāṇām # RV.8.53 (Vāl.5).1b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ codayanmate # RV.8.46.19d.
jyeṣṭhatātiṃ barhiṣadaṃ svarvidam (TS. suvar-) # RV.5.44.1b; VS.7.12b; TS.1.4.9.1b; KS.4.3b; śB.4.2.1.9b. See jyeṣṭharājaṃ barhi-.
jyeṣṭhaṃ tad dadhiṣe sahaḥ # RV.8.4.4d; SV.2.1072d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ namasyatā sahaḥ # RV.1.84.5d; SV.2.301d.
jyeṣṭham agnim ānavam # RV.8.74.4b; SV.1.89b.
jyeṣṭham aṅgirasāṃ vipra manmabhiḥ # RV.1.127.2b; SV.2.1164b; KS.39.5b.
jyeṣṭham amartyaṃ madam # RV.1.84.4b; SV.1.344b; 2.299b; JB.3.82b; PB.12.12.4b; Apś.12.19.5b.
jyeṣṭhaṃ maryādam ahvayan svastaye (AVP. svasti) # AVś.5.1.8b; AVP.6.2.7d.
jyeṣṭhaṃ mātā sūnave bhāgam ādhāt # RV.2.38.5c.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ vṛṣabhaṃ ketum ekam # VaradapU.1.5c. See next but one.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ barhiṣadaṃ svardṛśam # MS.1.3.11b: 34.4. See jyeṣṭhatātiṃ.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ brahmaṇāṃ (VārG. text, erroneously, brahmāṇaṃ) brahmaṇas pate # RV.2.23.1c; TS.2.3.14.3c; KS.10.13c; VārG.5.22c. See prec. but one.
jyeṣṭharājaṃ bhare kṛtnum # RV.8.16.3b; AVś.20.44.3b.
jyeṣṭhaś ca mantro viśvacarṣaṇe # RV.10.50.4d; TS.3.4.11.4d; MS.4.12.6d: 197.7; KS.23.12d.
jyeṣṭhas te śuṣma iha rātir astu # RV.10.180.1b; TS.3.4.11.4b; MS.4.12.3b: 184.15; KS.38.7b; TB.2.6.9.1b; 3.5.7.4b.
jyeṣṭhasya tvāṅgirasasya # AVP.5.30.9a.
jyeṣṭhasya dharmaṃ dyukṣor anīke # SV.1.537b. See next.
jyeṣṭhasya vā dharmaṇi kṣor anīke # RV.9.97.22b. See prec.
jyeṣṭhā nakṣatram # MS.2.13.20: 166.3; KS.39.13.
jyeṣṭhābhir vyaśvavat # RV.8.23.23b.
jyeṣṭhāya namaḥ # TA.10.44.1; MahānU.17.2.
jyeṣṭhāya yad apracetāḥ # AVś.20.128.2c. See jyeṣṭho yad.
jyeṣṭhāya svāhā # śB.14.9.3.4; BṛhU.6.3.4.
jyeṣṭhāyai svāhā # TB.3.1.5.2.
jyeṣṭhā sunakṣatram ariṣṭaṃ mūlam # AVś.19.7.3d.
jyeṣṭhāso na parvatāso vyomani # RV.5.87.9c.
jyeṣṭhena sotar indrāya # RV.8.2.23a.
jyeṣṭhebhir aryamaṇaṃ varūthaiḥ # RV.10.61.17d.
jyeṣṭhebhir yas tejiṣṭhaiḥ krīḍumadbhiḥ # RV.10.3.5c.
jyeṣṭhebhir yo bhānubhir ṛṣūṇām (MS. ṛbhūṇām) # RV.10.6.1c; MS.4.14.15c: 241.3.
jyeṣṭhebhir vā bṛhaddivaiḥ sumāyāḥ # RV.1.167.2b.
jyeṣṭho me tvaṃ putrāṇāṃ syāḥ # AB.7.17.6a; śś.15.25a.
jyeṣṭho yad apracetāḥ # śś.12.20.2.3c. See jyeṣṭhāya yad.
jyeṣṭho yo dameṣv ā # RV.8.102.11b.
jyeṣṭho yo vṛtrahā gṛṇe # RV.8.70.1d; AVś.20.92.16d; 105.4d. See jyeṣṭhaṃ etc.
jyaiṣṭhye śraiṣṭhye ca gāthināḥ # śś.15.27d. See dhṛtyai.
tatrāmṛtasyeśānam # AVP.1.93.3c.
tanaye toke asmad ā # SV.2.854c.
tapasāsyānuvartaye (Mś. -vartaya, mss. -vartaye) # TB.1.5.5.2c,3c,5c,7c; Apś.8.4.2c; Mś.1.7.2.23c.
tapyethām (and vikāra, tapyasva) # Mś.1.2.3.8.
tayendro hantu vṛtrahā # AVś.11.10.27c.
tayemam amum amauktam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso 'mauktam) # MS.2.3.1: 28.2; KS.11.11.
tayemam amuṃ muñcatam aṃhasaḥ (KS. amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putram aṃhaso muñcatam) # MS.2.3.1 (quater): 27.15,17,18,19; KS.11.11.
tayeha jīvan pra tirasvāyuḥ # AVP.11.5.12d.
tayeha viśvāṃ avase yajatrān # RV.3.57.5c.
tasyāmṛtasyemaṃ balam # AVś.8.7.22a.
tasyedaṃ varcas tejaḥ prāṇam āyur ni veṣṭayāmi # AVś.16.8.1--27. Cf. under amuṣyāmuṣyāyaṇasyāmuṣyāḥ.
tasyedaṃ vihatam ābharantaḥ # TB.1.2.1.3c; Apś.5.1.7c.
tasyedaṃ bhakṣayāmasi # JB.1.89c. See tasyāpi etc.
tasyed arvanto raṃhayanta āśavaḥ # RV.8.19.6a.
tasyed āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre # RV.1.164.22c. See tasya yad āhuḥ.
tasyed indro abhipitveṣu raṇyati # RV.1.83.6d; AVś.20.25.6d.
tasyed ime pravaṇe sapta sindhavaḥ # RV.10.43.3c; AVś.20.17.3c.
tasyed iha stavatha vṛṣṇyāni # RV.4.21.2a.
tasyed u viśvā bhuvanādhi mūrdhani # RV.6.7.6c.
tasyendravajreṇa śiraś chinadmi # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.2d.
tasyendro vamrirūpeṇa # TA.1.5.2c.
tasyeme nava kośāḥ # AVś.13.4.10a.
tasyeme sarve yātavaḥ # AVś.13.4.27a.
tasyeha piba tātṛpur haimahāḥ # Apś.21.19.19c.
tasyehi pra dravā piba # RV.8.4.12d; 64.10c.
tārkṣyāyāriṣṭanemaye 'mṛtaṃ mahyam # Kauś.73.7.
tuchyenābhv apihitaṃ yad āsīt # RV.10.129.3c; TB.2.8.9.4c.
tubhyet so ajyate rayiḥ # RV.8.51 (Vāl.3).9d; SV.2.959d; VS.33.82d.
tubhyedam agne madhumattamaṃ vacaḥ # RV.5.11.5a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.6.
tubhyedam indra pari ṣicyate madhu # RV.10.167.1a; śś.18.17.2. Cf. BṛhD.8.70; Rvidh.4.20.3.
tubhyed indra marutvate # RV.8.76.8a.
tubhyed indra sva okye # RV.3.42.8a; AVś.20.24.8a.
tubhyed imā savanā śūra viśvā # RV.7.22.7a; AVś.20.73.1a; Vait.32.7. P: tubhyed imā śś.10.5.19.
tubhyed etā yāsu mandasānaḥ # RV.2.11.3c.
tubhyed ete bahulā adridugdhāḥ # RV.1.54.9a.
tubhyed ete marutaḥ suśevāḥ # RV.5.30.6a.
tubhyemā bhuvanā kave # RV.9.62.27a; SV.2.127a; JB.3.20.
tubhyemā viśvā bhuvanāni yemire # RV.9.86.30d.
turaspeye yo haripā avardhata # RV.10.96.8b; AVś.20.31.3b.
turīyeṇa brahmaṇāvindad atriḥ # RV.5.40.6d.
turīyeṇāmanvata (śś. turīyeṇa manvata) nāma dhenoḥ # AVś.7.1.1d; śś.15.3.7d.
turvītaye gādhaṃ turvaṇiḥ kaḥ # RV.1.61.11d; AVś.20.35.11d.
turvītaye ca vayyāya ca srutim # RV.2.13.12b.
turvītaye vayyāya kṣarantīm # RV.4.19.6b.
tuvigraye vahnaye duṣṭarītave # RV.2.21.2c.
tṛtīye asmin savane dadhāta # RV.4.33.11d.
tṛtīyekaś ca pareparaś ca # AVP.4.24.1c.
tṛtīyekaś ca mauñjigalaś ca # AVP.4.24.6b.
tṛtīye ghā savane mādayadhvai # RV.1.161.8d.
tṛtīye cakre rajasi priyāṇi # RV.10.123.8d; AVś.13.1.11d; SV.2.1198d.
tṛtīye tvā rajasi tasthivāṃsam # RV.10.45.3c; VS.12.20c; TS.4.2.2.1c; MS.2.7.9c: 86.10; KS.16.9c; śB.6.7.4.4; ApMB.2.11.23c.
tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane puruṣṭuta # RV.3.53.6a; Aś.5.4.3. P: tṛtīye dhānāḥ savane śś.8.2.1.
tṛtīye dhāmāny abhy (VS. dhāmann adhy) airayanta # VS.32.10d; TA.10.1.4d; MahānU.2.5d. See samāne dhāmann, and samāne yonāv.
tṛtīyena jyotiṣā saṃ viśasva # RV.10.56.1b; AVś.18.3.7b; SV.1.65b; KS.35.17b; TB.3.7.1.4b; TA.6.3.1b; 4.2b; Apś.9.1.17b; Mś.3.4.1b.
tṛtīyena brahmaṇā vāvṛdhānāḥ (śś. saṃvidānāḥ) # AVś.7.1.1c; śś.15.3.7c.
tṛtīye nāke adhi rocane divaḥ # AVP.5.13.8b. See tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe etc.
tṛtīye nāke adhi vi śrayasva (AVś.9.5.4d, śrayainam) # AVś.9.5.4d,8d; 18.4.3e.
tṛtīye nāke adhi viṣṭapi śritā # AVP.14.6.2d.
tṛtīye nāke sadhamādaṃ madema # AVś.6.122.4d; AVP.2.60.1d.
tṛtīye pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane divaḥ # RV.9.86.27d; VS.15.50d; TS.3.5.4.1d; 4.7.13.3d; MS.1.4.3d: 50.8; 2.12.4d: 147.9; KS.5.6d; 18.18d; śB.8.6.3.19. See tṛtīye nāke etc., and cf. Suparṇ.11.1.
tṛtīyebhyaḥ śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.10.
tṛtīye loke anṛṇāḥ syāma # AVś.6.117.3b; TB.3.7.9.8b; TA.2.15.1b; Apś.13.22.5b; Mś.2.5.5.22b.
tṛtīye vidathe manma śaṃsi # RV.2.4.8b.
tṛtīye santu rajasi prajāvatīḥ # RV.9.74.6b.
tenānnādyena tena satyena # JB.1.50d.
tenāmṛtatvasyeśāne # KBU.2.10c.
todasyeva śaraṇa ā mahasya # RV.1.150.1c; SV.1.97c; N.5.7c.
toyena jīvān vi sasarja (TA. text, jīvān vya ca sarja; comm. jīvān vyasasarja) bhūmyām # TA.10.1.1b; MahānU.1.4b.
tvayed indra yujā vayam # RV.8.92.32a. Cf. tvayā ha svid.
tvayed gāḥ puruhūta # AVś.19.55.6c.
tvāyendra somaṃ suṣumā sudakṣa # RV.1.101.9a.
dakṣasyeḍā sahaskṛta # RV.3.27.10b.
dakṣiṇādigadhipataye yamāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
daṇḍapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.4; AdB.4.
dabhītaye cumurim indra siṣvap # RV.6.26.6b.
daśapataye-daśapataya ā # JB.1.172.
daśoṇaye kavaye 'rkasātau # RV.6.20.4b.
divyasyeśāthe uta pārthivasya # RV.7.97.10b; AVś.20.17.12b; 87.7b; TB.2.5.6.3b; Apś.22.7.11b.
divye dhāmann (TB.3.5.8.3, dhāmany) upahūtaḥ (TB.3.5.13.3, -hūtā) # TS.2.6.7.5; MS.4.13.5: 206.3; TB.3.5.8.3; 13.3.
divyena payasā saha # AVP.4.2.7b; 8.10.10b; TB.2.7.15.4b. See āpo divyāḥ payasvatīḥ.
divyebhyaḥ sarpebhyaḥ svāhā # śG.4.15.4.
divye yoṣaṇe bṛhatī surukme # RV.10.110.6c; AVś.5.12.6c; VS.29.31c; MS.4.13.3c: 202.6; KS.16.20c; TB.3.6.3.3c; N.8.11c.
divyevāśanir jahi # RV.1.176.3d.
divyeṣu devi dhāmasu # AVś.7.68.1b.
dīkṣayedaṃ havir āgachataṃ naḥ # TB.2.4.3.3d; Aś.4.2.3d. See dīkṣāyedaṃ.
dīkṣāyedaṃ havir āgachataṃ naḥ # KS.4.16d. See dīkṣayedaṃ, probably the correct reading here also.
duratyetū ripave martyāya # RV.7.65.3b.
durādhye martāya # RV.8.71.7c.
duḥṣvapnyena saṃsṛjya # AVP.10.10.7.
devavītaye (MS. -vītyai) tvā (KS. vo) gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.15; TS.1.1.5.2; MS.1.1.11c: 7.4; 1.4.4c: 52.6; 1.4.9c: 57.15; KS.35.3; śB.1.1.4.9; TB.3.2.5.7; Apś.2.7.9. See devatābhyas tvā devavītaye.
devāvye yajamānāya śarma # KS.35.4d.
dvitīyebhyaḥ śaṅkhebhyaḥ svāhā # AVś.19.22.9.
dhanapataye (sc. namaḥ) # śG.2.14.17.
dhanvantaraye (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3,19; Svidh.1.3.7. See next but one.
dhanvantaraye samudrāyauṣadhivanaspatibhyo dyāvāpṛthivībhyām (sc. namaḥ) # Kauś.74.6.
dhanvantaraye svāhā # JG.1.23. See prec. but one.
dhānyena vibhuḥ prabhuḥ # AVP.8.11.4b.
dhāpayete śiśum ekaṃ samīcī # RV.1.96.5b; VS.12.2b; 17.70b; TS.4.1.10.4b; 6.5.2b; 7.12.3b; MS.2.7.8b: 84.12; 3.2.1: 14.12; KS.16.8b; 18.4b; śB.6.7.2.3.
dhiye pūṣann ayujmahi # RV.6.53.1c; TS.1.1.14.2c.
dhiye vājāya hinvatu # RV.1.27.11c; SV.2.1014c.
dhiyeṣito maghavan dāśuṣo gṛhe # RV.3.60.5c.
dhiye sam aśvinā prāvataṃ naḥ # AVś.6.4.3a.
dhiyehy ā naḥ # AVP.2.7.2e.
dhiṣṇyebhyo namo-namaḥ # Vait.18.11. Cf. GB.2.2.18.
dhyāyed yaś ca sarasvatīm # RVKh.9.67.17b.
dhruvakṣitaye svāhā # Tā.10.67.1; MahānU.19.2.
nakṣatrādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.9; AdB.9.
nakṣatriyebhyaḥ svāhā # VS.22.28; MS.3.12.7: 162.14.
nabhyeva na upadhīva pradhīva # RV.2.39.4b.
namasyebhyo nama ebhyaḥ kṛṇomi # AVś.6.93.2c.
navye deṣṇe śaste asmin ta ukthe # RV.4.20.10c; TS.1.7.13.3c.
naśyetaḥ paro mā tvā hiṃsiṣam # AVP.2.63.2d.
naśyetaḥ prāmutaḥ pata # AVś.7.115.1b; AVP.6.8.4b.
naśyeto maraṭāṃ abhi # AVP.5.21.3d; 12.2.1d.
nāsatyeva sugmyo ratheṣṭhāḥ # RV.1.173.4d.
nāsatyeva hava ā śaṃbhaviṣṭhaḥ # RV.9.88.3b.
nitye cin nu yaṃ sadane jaghṛbhre # RV.1.148.3a.
nitye toke dīdivāṃsaṃ sve dame # RV.2.2.11d.
nidhanapataye namaḥ # Tā.10.16.
nimaṅkṣye 'haṃ salilasya madhye # AB.8.21.10c. See upamaṅkṣyati.
nirṛtaye namaḥ # GopālU.2.
nirbādhyena haviṣā # TB.3.3.11.3c; Apś.3.14.2c. See nairbādhyena.
nṛṣāhye sāsahvāṃ amitrān # RV.1.100.5b.
nairṛtyadigadhipataye nirṛtaye namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
nairbādhyena haviṣā # AVś.6.75.1c. See nirbādhyena.
pañcānye paro diva ā kṣiyanti # AVP.5.6.4b.
patye patnīṃ jaradaṣṭiṃ kṛṇotu # AVś.14.1.49d.
patye rakṣantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.14.2.7d. See pra tve muñcantv.
patye viśvasya bhūmanaḥ # VS.17.78a; śB.9.2.3.42. Cf. patir etc.
patye saṃ śobhayāmasi # AVś.14.1.55d.
padmapriye padmadalāyatākṣi # RVKh.5.87.26b.
parikramyeṣum asyataḥ # AVś.12.4.17d.
paridhaye janaprathanāya svāhā # TS.3.2.8.1.
paripataye tvā gṛhṇāmi # VSK.5.2.1; TS.1.2.10.2; MS.1.2.7: 16.12; Mś.2.2.1.2. Ps: paripataye tvā MS.3.7.10 (bis): 90.15; 91.1; GB.2.2.3; Vait.13.16; paripataye TS.6.2.2.3.
parjanyasyeva vṛṣṭayaḥ # RV.9.22.2b.
parjanyasyeva stanayitnur āsoḥ # AVP.15.12.3a.
parjanyena sahīyasā # AVP.2.25.3d.
parjanyenodavāhena # RV.1.38.9b; TS.2.4.8.1b; MS.2.4.7b: 44.16; KS.11.9b.
parjanyemāṃ pṛthivī retasāvata (text -vatāpāṃ etc.) # AVP.11.1.10c. See yat parjanyaḥ pṛthivīṃ.
parjanye vāte varuṇasya śuṣme # AVP.2.18.4b. See vāte parjanye.
paryagnaye # śś.5.16.8. See next but one.
paryagnaye kriyamāṇāyānubrūhi # AB.2.5.1; Apś.7.15.1; Mś.1.8.3.21.
paryagnaye 'nubrūhi # śB.3.8.1.6; Apś.7.15.1. See prec. but one.
paryetā kayasya cit # RV.1.27.8b; SV.2.766b.
paryeti parivīto vibhāvā # RV.10.6.1d; MS.4.14.15d: 241.3.
pavamānāyendave # RV.9.11.1b; SV.2.1b,113b; VS.33.62b; ṣB.1.3.17; Lś.7.10.21; 12.3. Cf. next but three.
pavyeva rājann aghaśaṃsam ajara # RV.6.8.5c.
paśupataye devāya svāhā # HG.2.8.6; ApMB.2.18.17 (ApG.7.20.4). See next two.
paśupataye śivāya śaṃkarāya pṛṣātakāya svāhā # AG.2.2.2. See prec. and next.
paśupataye svāhā # ṣB.5.11; AdB.11; śG.4.16.2. See prec. two.
paścimadigadhipataye varuṇāya namaḥ # Mś.11.7.1.7.
paśyec cej jīvato mukham # AB.7.13.4d; śś.15.17d.
paśyed anyā atanvata # Kauś.107.2b. See paśced anyā.
paśyema tad uditau sūryasya # AVś.7.5.3d.
paśyema turvaśaṃ yadum # RV.8.4.7d; SV.2.955d.
paśyema devīm uṣasaṃ vibhātīm # AVP.10.6.2b.
paśyema nu sūryam uccarantam # RV.6.52.5b; 10.59.4b.
paśyema śaradaḥ śatam # RV.7.66.16c; RVKh.1.50.3c; AVś.19.67.1; VS.36.24c; MS.4.9.20c: 136.4; TA.4.42.5c; GG.3.8.5c; PG.1.6.3b; 11.9d; 16.17d; HG.1.7.10c; ApMB.2.5.13; MG.1.22.11c. Cf. paśyāhi etc.
pākasyechanta āsutim # AVP.6.8.6b.
pāñcajanyeṣv apy edhy agne # TS.4.4.7.2; 5.3.11.3.
pātrasyeva harivo matsaro madaḥ # RV.1.175.1b; SV.2.782b.
pādasyehābhavat etc., and pād asyehābhavat # see pādo 'syehābhavat.
pāśapāṇaye svāhā # ṣB.5.5; AdB.5.
pīyūṣasyeha tṛpṇuhi # TB.2.4.8.2b.
putrāyeva pitarā mahyaṃ śikṣatam # RV.10.39.6b.
puṣṭipataye (Aś. -pate) puṣṭiś cakṣuṣe cakṣuḥ prāṇāya prāṇam ātmana ātmānaṃ (Aś. prāṇaṃ tmane tmānaṃ) vāce vācam asmai punar dhehi (Aś. dehi or dhehi) svāhā # Aś.6.9.1; Apś.14.21.7. See puṣṭapate.
puṣyema (ā. puṣyanto) rayiṃ dhīmahe ta (ā. tam) indra # SV.1.444b; ā.5.2.2.12b; śś.18.15.5b.
puṣyema śaradaḥ śatam # AVś.19.67.5.
pṛtanāsāhyeṣu ca # AVP.6.9.12d; TB.2.4.7.5d.
pṛśnaye svāhā # TS.7.3.18.1; KSA.3.8.
pauṃsyenemaṃ varcasā saṃsṛjātha # TB.2.7.17.3d (bis).
pauṃsyenemaṃ saṃsṛjātho vīryeṇa # TB.2.7.17.3d.
pauruṣeyeṇa daivyena # TS.4.7.15.5b; MS.3.16.5b: 191.16. Cf. prec. but one.
pauruṣeye 'dhi kuṇape # AVś.11.9.10c.
paurṇamāsyamāvāsye # GB.1.5.23b.
praketenādityebhya ādityān jinva # VS.15.6. See prec. and next.
prajāpataye (sc. namaḥ) # MG.2.12.3; JG.1.6. Cf. namaḥ prajā-.
prajāpataye kāṇḍarṣaye svāhā # HG.2.18.3.
prajāpataye ca vāyave ca gomṛgaḥ # VS.24.30; MS.3.14.11: 174.7.
prajāpataye tvā # TS.1.7.12.2; 3.2.1.3; 5.10.1; MS.1.11.4 (bis): 166.5,6; KS.14.1,3 (quater); Apś.12.16.11; Mś.5.2.14.11; --11.1.4. P: prajāpataye GG.4.7.36; MG.1.8.9.
prajāpataye tvā grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi mahyaṃ śriye mahyaṃ yaśase mahyam annādyāya # Aś.2.9.9; śG.3.8.2.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.23.2,4; TS.1.7.12.2; 3.5.10.1; 7.5.16.1; 17.1; MS.1.11.4: 166.5; 3.12.16: 165.3; 3.12.17: 165.17; KSA.5.11,12,13.
prajāpataye tvā juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi # VS.22.5; MS.3.12.1: 160.4; śB.13.1.2.5; 2.7.12; TB.3.8.7.1; Apś.20.5.2; Mś.9.2.1.22. P: prajāpataye tvā Kś.20.1.37.
prajāpataye tvā jyotiṣmate jyotiṣmantaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.3.5.8.1; 9.2; MS.1.3.35: 41.15; KS.29.5; Apś.12.7.7. P: prajāpataye tvā Mś.2.3.2.29; 2.3.5.16; 7.2.3.9.
prajāpataye tvā pari dadāmi (VārG. paridadāni; SMB.GG. dadāmy asau) # śB.11.5.4.3; SMB.1.6.23; GG.2.10.31; PG.2.2.21; VārG.7.12. P: prajāpataye tvā KhG.2.4.17.
prajāpataye tvā prajābhyaḥ # KS.30.5 (bis); Mś.7.2.4.21 (bis). Cf. prajābhyas tvā prajāpataye.
prajāpataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu # śś.7.18.5.
prajāpataye devebhya ṛṣibhyaḥ śraddhāyai medhāyai sadasaspataye 'numataye # PG.2.10.9.
prajāpataye puruṣam # TB.2.2.5.3; 3.4.1.18; TA.3.10.2.
prajāpataye puruṣān hastina (MS. hastinā) ālabhate # VS.24.29; MS.3.14.8: 174.1.
prajāpataye prajābhyaḥ # Mś.7.2.4.21.
prajāpataye manave svāhā # VS.11.66; TS.3.2.8.1; 4.1.9.1; MS.2.7.7: 82.9; KS.16.7; śB.6.6.1.19; HG.1.2.13.
prajāpataye 'śvasya tūparasya gomṛgasya vapānāṃ medasām anubrūhi (and preṣya) # Apś.20.19.3. P: prajāpataye Mś.9.2.4.23,24.
prajāpataye 'śvasya tūparasya gomṛgasyāsthi loma ca tiryag asaṃbhindantaḥ sūkaraviśasaṃ viśasata # Apś.20.19.9.
prajāpataye sam anamat # TS.7.5.23.2. See next.
prajāpataye sam anaman tasmai prajābhiḥ sam anaman # AVP.5.35.11. See prec.
prajāpataye svāhā # VS.18.28; 22.32; TS.3.4.2.1; 7.3.15.1; KS.13.11,12; 35.16; KSA.3.5; PB.9.9.9; śB.12.6.1.4; 14.9.3.8; TB.3.1.4.2; 5.3; 8.11.1; 12.2.2--8; 4.2--6; Tā.10.67.2; BṛhU.6.3.8; MahānU.19.2; śś.13.12.8; Lś.1.7.8; Kś.25.11.29; 12.10; Mś.1.3.1.5; 1.6.1.40 (cf. Apś.2.12.7); --3.6.14; 7.1.3.31; śG.2.14.4; Kauś.72.27,28; PG.1.9.3,4; 11.3; 12.3; HG.1.7.18; 23.8; JG.1.3,23; BDh.3.9.4; Svidh.3.3.5. P: prajāpataye MG.1.10.11; 2.3.1,2; VārG.14.12; GDh.26.16; Svidh.1.2.5. Cf. svāhā prajāpataye.
prajāyemahi rudra (AB. also with ūha, rudriya) prajābhiḥ # RV.2.33.1d; TB.2.8.6.9d; AB.3.34.6d. See prec. but one.
pratipāṇāyākraye # AVś.19.52.3b. Cf. pravipāṇāyākṣaye.
pratītyena kṛdhunātṛpāsaḥ # RV.4.5.14b.
pratrāsenājye hute # AVś.5.21.2d.
pra-prānye yanti pary anya āsate # RV.3.9.3c.
pravipāṇāyākṣaye # AVP.1.30.3b. Cf. pratipāṇāyākraye.
praśastaye kam avṛṇīta sukratuḥ # RV.9.70.6d.
praśastaye pavīravasya mahnā # RV.1.174.4b.
praśastaye mahinā rathavate # RV.1.122.11d.
prasthāyendrāgnibhyāṃ somaṃ vocato yo (Aś.śś. vocatopo) asmān brāhmaṇān brāhmaṇā hvayadhvam # KB.28.6; Aś.5.7.3; śś.7.6.3.
prākchāye kuñjarasya ca # ViDh.78.53d; MDh.3.274d.
prāgnaye tavase bharadhvam # RV.7.5.1a. P: prāgnaye Rvidh.2.25.2. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
prāgnaye bṛhate yajñiyāya # RV.5.12.1a. P: prāgnaye bṛhate Aś.4.13.7.
prāgnaye vācam īraya # RV.10.187.1a; AVś.6.34.1a; AB.5.21.19. Ps: prāgnaye vācam Aś.4.13.7; 8.11.4; śś.4.2.10; 6.4.1; prāgnaye Kauś.31.4; Rvidh.4.23.4.
prāgnaye viśvaśuce dhiyaṃdhe # RV.7.13.1a. Cf. BṛhD.5.161.
prāye-prāye jigīvāṃsaḥ syāma # RV.2.18.8d.
priyeṇa dhāmnā (TSṭB.Apś. nāmnā; VSK. nāma) priyaṃ sada āsīda (VSKṭSṭB.Apś.2.10.3, priye sadasi sīda) # VS.2.6; VSK.2.1.8; TS.1.1.11.2; śB.1.3.4.14; TB.3.7.6.10; Apś.2.10.3; 11.6. P: priyeṇa dhāmnā Kś.2.8.19; 5.4.29. Cf. sedaṃ priyeṇa.
priye devānāṃ parame janitre # TB.3.7.1.4d; Apś.9.1.17d. See priyo devānāṃ etc.
priye dhāmani-dhāmani # AVś.12.1.52e.
priye dhriyadhvam udayānam undatīḥ # AVP.2.40.3a.
priyebhir yāhi priyam annam acha # RV.10.112.4d.
pretādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.4; AdB.4.
protaye varuṇaṃ mitram indram # RV.6.21.9a; śś.14.60.3. Cf. BṛhD.5.106.
barhiṣyeṣu nidhiṣu priyeṣu # RV.10.15.5b; AVś.18.3.45b; VS.19.57b; TS.2.6.12.3b; MS.4.10.6b: 156.14; KS.21.14b.
bārhaspatyena (Kauś. -patyeṣṭiḥ) śarmaṇā daivyena # Apś.4.7.2d; Kauś.3.10d.
budhyema śaradaḥ śatam # AVś.19.67.3.
bṛhaspataye antarikṣasade rakṣoghne svāhā # AVP.2.54.5.
bṛhaspataye gavayān # VS.24.28; MS.3.14.10: 174.5.
bṛhaspataye tvā # VS.26.3 (bis).
bṛhaspataye tvā mahyaṃ varuṇo dadātu (MS. -ti) # VS.7.47; MS.1.9.4: 134.9; śB.4.3.4.30; śś.7.18.3. P: bṛhaspataye tvā Kś.10.2.30; Mś.5.2.14.10; --11.1.4.
bṛhaspataye tvā viśvadevyāvate svāhā # VS.38.8; śB.14.2.2.10; TA.4.9.2; 5.7.11.
bṛhaspataye 'nubrūhi # Mś.7.1.2.9.
bṛhaspataye pāṅktāya triṇavāya śākvarāya haimantikāya (omitted in VS.) caruḥ (MS. carum) # VS.29.60; TS.7.5.14.1; MS.3.15.10: 180.11; KSA.5.10.
bṛhaspataye pinvasva # TA.4.8.3; 5.7.4; Apś.15.9.8.
bṛhaspataye madhumāṃ adābhyaḥ # RV.9.85.6d.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣa (TS. mahi ṣad) dyuman namaḥ # AVś.2.35.4c; TS.3.2.8.2c. See next, and bṛhaspate mahiṣa.
bṛhaspataye mahiṣāya dive namaḥ # AVP.1.88.4c. The edition puts namaḥ with the following pāda. See under prec.
bṛhaspataye vācaṃ vadata # VS.9.11; śB.5.1.5.8.
bṛhaspataye vācaspataye paiṅgarājaḥ # VS.24.34; MS.3.14.16: 175.12.
bṛhaspataye śitpuṭaḥ (KSA. śiṃyuṭaḥ) # TS.5.5.17.1; KSA.7.7.
bṛhaspataye 'ṣṭākṣarāya chandase svāhā # MS.1.11.10: 173.5.
bṛhaspataye svāhā # VS.10.5; 22.6; TS.1.8.13.3; 7.1.14.1; 16.1; MS.2.6.11: 70.8; 3.12.2: 160.10; KS.15.7; 39.2; KSA.1.5,7; śB.5.3.5.8; 13.1.3.3; TB.3.1.4.6; 8.6.4; Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2; Apś.16.29.2. Cf. bṛhaspataya āṅgirasāya.
bṛhaspataye haviṣā vidhema # VS.4.7c; KS.2.2c; śB.3.1.4.15c.
brahmacaryeṇa kanyā # AVś.11.5.18a.
brahmacaryeṇa tapasā # AVś.11.5.17a,19a.
brahmajāyeyam iti (AVś.AVP. -jāyeti) ced avocan (AVś.AVP. -cat) # RV.10.109.3b; AVś.5.17.3b; AVP.9.15.3b.
brahmajyeyaṃ tad abruvan # AVś.12.4.11c.
brahmajyeṣṭhā saṃbhṛtā vīryāṇi (TB. -jyeṣṭhā vīryā saṃbhṛtāni) # AVś.19.22.21a; 23.30a; AVP.8.9.1a; TB.2.4.7.10a.
brahmavarcasenānnādyena samedhaya (JG. adds svāhā) # AG.1.10.12d; HG.1.2.11d; JG.1.3c.
bhagasyet taṃ prasavaṃ gamema # TB.3.1.1.8c.
bhagasyeva kāriṇo yāmani gman # RV.3.54.14b.
bhagasyeva bhujiṃ huve # RV.8.102.6b; TS.3.1.11.8b; MS.4.11.2b: 167.1; KS.40.14b.
bhaye cit sukṣitiṃ dadhe # RV.1.40.8b.
bhayeḍako vadati vācam etām # TA.4.31.1b; HG.1.17.1b.
bharadvājadhanvantaraye svāhā # śG.2.14.4.
bhavye bhuvanasya goptā # MahānU.5.9b. See bhuvanasya goptā.
bhidurasyeva vartasī # AVP.1.23.3d.
bhuvanapataye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9.
bhuvanapataye svāhā # VS.2.2; TS.2.6.6.3; MS.3.8.6: 103.7; KS.25.7 (bis); 35.8; JB.2.41; śB.1.3.3.17; Aś.3.13.15; Apś.9.13.6,7; Mś.3.1.32; Kauś.116.2.
bhuvapataye svāhā # VS.2.2; śB.1.3.3.17. P: bhuvapataye Kś.25.2.7. See bhūpataye svāhā.
bhūtaye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9. See bhūtyai namaḥ.
bhūtaye mahase vṛdhe # AVP.11.14.8d.
bhūtasyeśānā bhuvanasya devī # AVP.11.1.5d.
bhūpataye namaḥ # Aś.1.4.9.
bhūpataye svāhā # VSK.2.1.3; TS.2.6.6.2; MS.3.8.6: 103.7; KS.25.7 (bis); 35.8; JB.2.41; Aś.3.13.15; Apś.9.13.6,7; 14.28.6; Mś.3.1.32. See bhuvapataye.
bhojayet taṃ sakṛd yas tu # śG.1.2.6c.
bhojasyedaṃ puṣkariṇīva veśma # RV.10.107.10c; N.7.3.
madhye khalasya nirmitaḥ # AVP.11.10.4c.
madhye ca viśāṃ sukṛte syāma # AVP.1.27.4d.
madhye chandasaḥ pari yanti bhāsvatīḥ # TS.4.3.11.3d; MS.2.13.10d: 161.9; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
madhye jahur durevāsaḥ samudre # RV.7.68.7b.
madhye tasthur maho divaḥ # RV.1.105.10b.
madhye tālpyasya tiṣṭhāt # ApMB.2.15.3c.
madhye divas taraṇiṃ bhrājamānam # AVś.13.2.36b.
madhye divaḥ svadhayā mādayante (RV.1.108.12b, mādayethe) # RV.1.108.12b; 10.15.14b; AVś.18.2.35b; VS.19.60b.
madhye divo (MS.3.4.4, divyo) nihitaḥ pṛśnir aśmā # RV.5.47.3c; VS.17.60c; TS.4.6.3.4c; 5.4.6.5; MS.2.10.5c: 137.15; 3.4.4: 48.16; KS.18.3c; 21.8,12; śB.9.2.3.18.
madhye devānām āsīnā # HG.1.15.7c.
madhyena ghnanto yantu # AVś.8.8.13c.
madhyena yakṣmaṃ bādhate # AVś.19.36.2c; AVP.2.27.2c.
madhye niṣatto raṇvo duroṇe # RV.1.69.4b.
madhye pṛthivyā niṣṭhitaḥ # AVP.1.47.1c.
madhye pṛthivyā yad viṣam # AVP.9.10.2c.
madhye poṣasya tṛmpatām (MG. puṣyatām) # śG.3.3.1c; MG.2.11.12c. See next.
madhye poṣasva tiṣṭhantīm # AG.2.8.16c. See prec.
madhye brahma virājati # JB.3.373e.
madhye yuvājaro visruhā hitaḥ # RV.5.44.3d.
madhye vasiṣva tuvinṛmṇorvoḥ # RV.8.70.10c.
madhye vasor dīdihi jātavedaḥ # TB.1.2.1.21d; Apś.5.14.5d.
madhye śatasya maṣṭiṣkaḥ # AVP.8.12.12e.
madhye sīda # KS.39.6; Apś.16.31.1.
madhye hotā duroṇe barhiṣo rāṭ # RV.6.12.1a.
madhye hradasya no gṛhāḥ # AVś.6.106.2c.
madhye hradasya plavasva # RVKh.7.103.1c; AVś.4.15.14c; AVP.5.7.13c; N.9.7c.
manuṣyebhyo vi bravītu # AVP.6.9.3a.
manuṣyebhyo hantā # Tā.10.67.2; MahānU.19.2.
mandadvīrāyendave # RV.8.69.1b. See vandad-.
manye tvā cyavanam acyutānām # RV.8.96.4b.
manye tvā jātavedasam # RV.5.9.1c; VSK.16.5.12c; KS.39.14c; TB.2.4.1.5c; Apś.19.18.7c.
manye tvā yajñiyaṃ yajñiyānām # RV.8.96.4a.
manye tvā vṛṣabhaṃ carṣaṇīnām # RV.8.96.4d.
manye tvā satvanām indra ketum # RV.8.96.4c.
manye nu babhrūṇām aham # AVP.11.6.1c. See under manai.
manye bhejāno amṛtasya tarhi # AVś.3.13.6c; TS.5.6.1.4c; MS.2.13.1c: 153.3. See mene etc.
manye vāṃ jātavedasā yajadhyai # RV.7.2.7b.
manye vāṃ dyāvāpṛthivī subhojasau # ArS.4.8a. See manve vāṃ etc.
manye 'haṃ māṃ tadvidvāṃsam # KBU.2.8c; AG.1.13.7c.
mayeṣitau vi sṛjatāṃ vadhāya # AVP.8.9.13d.
martyeṣv agnir etc. # see marteṣv etc.
maryāyeva kanyā śaśvacai te # RV.3.33.10d; N.2.27d.
mahadbhūtādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.8; AdB.8.
mādayethāṃ tadokasā # RV.4.49.6c.
māndyena dṛpta uta dhairyeṇa # AVP.8.15.3b.
māyet sā te yāni yuddhāny āhuḥ # RV.10.54.2c; śB.11.1.6.10c.
māṣājyena naledhmena # Apś.9.3.22c. Cf. taṃ māṣājyaṃ.
mithaspṛdhyeva taviṣāṇy āhitā # RV.1.166.9b.
mukṣījayeva padim utsināti # RV.1.125.2d; N.5.19d.
mṛgāyāraṇye tiṣṭhate # AVP.1.99.3c.
yakṣādhipataye svāhā # ṣB.5.6; AdB.6.
yajñapataye vasu vāryam āsaṃskarase # śś.10.15.6. See next, and yajamānāya vāryam.
yajñapataye vāryam ā svas kaḥ # MS.1.9.1: 131.4; 1.9.4: 133.5. See prec., and yajamānāya vāryam.
yajñapriye yajamānāya sukrato (KS. sunvate) # RV.10.122.6b; KS.12.14b.
yatharśyasyeyam āriśī (text -śy e-) # AVP.8.12.3c.
yathāgnaye pṛthivyā samanaman # AVP.5.35.1b. See yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā, and yathāgniḥ pṛthivyā.
yamarājye virājasi # TA.6.7.2d.
yayendra tanvāntarikṣaṃ vyāpitha # AVś.17.1.13d.
yavamayena haviṣā # AVP.2.37.2b.
yasyekṣvākur upa vrate # RV.10.60.4a.
yasyedaṃ rādhaḥ sa janāsa indraḥ # RV.2.12.14d; AVś.20.34.15d; AVP.12.15.5d.
yasyedaṃ sarvaṃ tam imaṃ havāmahe # śś.4.18.2a.
yasyedaṃ dūtīr asaraḥ parākāt # RV.10.108.3b.
yasyedaṃ dūtīr asaraṃ parākāt # RV.10.108.4b.
yasyedam apyaṃ haviḥ # RV.10.86.12c; AVś.20.126.12c; TS.1.7.13.2c; KS.8.17c; N.11.39c.
yasyedam ā rajo yujaḥ (ā. omits yujaḥ; śś. -dam oja ārujaḥ) # AVś.6.33.1a; ArS.1.3a; ā.5.2.1.2a; śś.18.3.2a. P: yasyedam ā rajaḥ Kauś.23.17; 59.18. Designated as grīvāḥ ā.5.2.1.1; as graivaṃ tṛcam śś.18.3.1.
yasyedaṃ pradiśi yad virocate # AVś.4.23.7a; 7.25.2a; AVP.4.33.7a. See next.
yasyedaṃ prāṇan nimiṣad yad ejati # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.8; KS.22.15a. See prec.
yasyedaṃ bhūmyām adhi # AVP.7.5.10a.
yasyed indraḥ purudineṣu hotā # RV.10.29.1c; AVś.20.76.1c.
yasyendraḥ pītvā vṛtrāṇi jaṅghanat pra sa janyāni tariṣom # AB.2.20.14; Aś.5.1.17.
yasyendrasya sindhavaḥ saścati vratam # RV.1.101.3c.
yasyendro apibac chacībhiḥ # KS.17.19b.
yasyendro vṛtrahatye mamāda # RV.6.47.2b.
yasyemāḥ pradiśo yasya bāhū # RV.10.121.4c; VS.25.12c; TS.4.1.8.5c. See under imāś ca pradiśo.
yasyemā viśvā bhuvanāni sarvā # MS.4.14.14b: 239.9; TB.3.1.1.1b.
yasyeme rodasī ubhe # AVP.15.21.4c.
yasyeme lokāḥ svadhayā samaktāḥ # AVP.6.22.11b.
yasyeme viśve girayo mahitvā # MS.2.13.23a: 168.11; KS.40.1a. P: yasyeme viśve KA.1.198.38. See next, and yasya viśve.
yasyeme himavanto mahitvā # RV.10.121.4a; VS.25.12a; TS.4.1.8.4a. P: yasyeme himavantaḥ śG.1.9.6. See under prec.
yasyeśiṣe pradivi yas te annam # RV.6.41.3d.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar 		"ye" has 67 results.
     
aprayeāga(1)non-employment of a word in spite of the meaning being available: confer, compare संभावनेलमिति चेत्सिद्धाप्रयोगे P.III.3.154; (2) non-employment confer, compare उक्तार्थानामप्रयोगः a standard dictum of grammar not allowing superfluous words which is given in M.Bh. on P.I.1.4 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 16 and stated in Cāndra and other grammars as a Paribhāṣā.
pratiyeginnegative counterpart;confer, compare न चान्तरेण प्रतियोगिनं स्पर्धा भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II. 1.69. Vart. 6; also M.Bh.on VIII. 8.4 Vart. 8; corresponding term; ct. प्रथमग्रहणं च तियोग्यपेक्षत्वान्नोपयुज्यते Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on V. 3.1.
bhāveprayeāgaimpersonal form of a sentence when there is no activity mentioned on the part of the agent nor resulting upon the object, but there is a mere mention of verb-activity.
bhāṣyeṣṭithe brief pithy assertions or injunctions of the type of Sūtras given by Patañjali in a way to supplement the Sūtras of Pāṇini and the Vārttikas thereon. See the word इष्टि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. and the word भाष्यसूत्र also.
madhyepavādaa rule forming an exception to other general rules being placed between them, one or many of which are placed before and the others afterwards. Such a rule sets aside the previous rules and not the succeeding ones. The statement laying down this dictum is मध्येपवादाः पूर्वान् विधीन् बाधन्ते नोत्तरान् Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa.Pari. 60, also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.VI.4.148 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 5.
madhyepavādanyāyathe maxim of the middle rule of exception; see मधेयपवाद.
yenanāprāptanyāyaa term used by grammarians and commentators very frequently for the maxim "येन नाप्राप्ते यो वेधिरारभ्येत स तस्य बाधको भवति " Par. Sek. on Pari. 57. The term अपवादन्याय is used in the Mahabhasya which is the same as येननाप्राप्तन्याय of later grammarians.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
saṃkhyeyalit, those that are to be counted; objects of enumeration; confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ संख्येये डजबहुगणात् P. V. 4.73; cf also अथवा संख्या नाम इयं परप्रधाना | संख्येयमनया विशेप्यम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 2.24 Vart. 9.
akālaka(1)not limited by any time-factors for its study such as certain periods of the day or the year. (2) not characterized by any technical terms expressive of time such as adyatanī, parokṣā occurring in the ancient Prātiśākhya and grammar works. The term akalika is used by the writers of the Kāśikāvṛtti in connection with the grammar of Pāṇini. confer, compare “पाणिन्युपज्ञमकालकं व्याकरणम्” Kās. on P. II.4.21 explained by the writer of the Padamañjarī, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Haradatta. as पूर्वाणि व्याकरणानि अद्यतनादिकालपरिभाषायुक्तानि तद्रहितम् ।
agnaukaravāṇinyāyaanalogy conveyed by the expression अग्नौ करवाणि implying permission to the agent to do certain other things in a sacrificial session when, as a matter of fact, he is only permitted to work as an agent at the sacrificial action ( अग्नौकरण ), by virtue of the reply ' कुरु ' to his request made in the sentence अग्नौ करवाणि. confer, compare अग्नौकरवाणिन्यायेन भविष्यति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on. II.2.24.
añ(1)taddhita affix. affix a ( अ ) with the mute letter ñ ( ञ्), prescribed (i) after the words उत्स and others in various senses like progeny, dyed in, produced in, come from et cetera, and othersP. IV.1.86, (ii) after the words विद and others in the sense of grandson and other descendents.P. IV.1.104. For other cases see P. IV. I. 141, 161; IV.2.12,14 et cetera, and others IV.3.7 et cetera, and others IV.4.49. The feminine is formed by adding i ( ई ) to words ending with this affix अञ्, which have the vṛddhi vowel substituted for their initial vowel which gets the acute accent also exempli gratia, for example औत्सः, औत्सी,औदपानः, बैदः, बैदी.
aṇ(1)token term ( प्रत्याहार ) for all vowels and semivowels which, when prescribed for an operation, include all such of their sub-divisions as are caused by length, protraction accent or nasalization. cf अणुदित्सवर्णस्य चाप्रत्ययः P. I.1.60;(2) token term for the vowels अ, इ and उ in all Pānini's rules except in the rule I.1.69 given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. e.g see ढ्रलोपे पूर्वस्य दीर्घोणः P.VI.3. 111, केऽणः P.VII.4.13. and अणोऽ प्रगृह्यस्य. P.VIII.4.57: (3) tad, affix. a ( अ ) prescribed generally in the various senses such as 'the offspring', 'dyed in,' 'belonging to' et cetera, and others except in cases where other specific affixes are prescribed cf प्राग्दीव्यतोऽण् P. IV.1.83; (4) kṛ. affix a ( अ ), applied, in the sense of an agent, to a root with an antecedent word (उपपद) standing as its object. e. g. कुम्भकारः, see P.III.2.1: काण्डलावः, see P.III.3.12.
atideśaextended application; transfer or conveyance or application of the character or qualities or attributes of one thing to another. Atideśa in Sanskrit grammar is a very common feature prescribed by Pāṇini generally by affixing the taddhita affix. affix मत् or वत् to the word whose attributes are conveyed to another. e. g. लोटो लङ्वत् P. III. 4.85. In some cases the atideśa is noticed even without the affix मत् or वत्; exempli gratia, for exampleगाङ्कुटादिभ्योऽञ्णिन् ङित् P. 1.2.1 . Atideśa is generally seen in all grammatical terms which end with 'vadbhāva' e. g. स्थानिवद्भाव (P.I.1.56-59), सन्वद्भाव (P.VII.4.93), अन्तादिवद्भाव (P. VI.1.85), अभूततद्भाव (P.IV.60) and others. Out of these atideśas, the स्थानिवद्भाव is the most important one, by virtue of which sometimes there is a full representation id est, that is substitution of the original form called sthānin in the place of the secondary form called ādeśa. This full representation is called रूपातिदेश as different from the usual one which is called कार्यातिदेश, confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). VIII.1.90 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 1 and VIII.1.95. Vart.3. Regarding the use of अतिदेश there is laid down a general dictum सामान्यातिदेशे विशेषानतिदेशः when an operation depending on the general properties of a thing could be taken by extended application, an operation depending on special properties should not be taken by virtue of the same : e. g. भूतवत् in P. III.3.132 means as in the case of the general past tense and not in the case of any special past tense like the imperfect ( अनद्यतन ) , or the perfect ( परोक्ष ). See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. Pari. 101, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III. 3. 132. There is also a general dictum अतिदेशिकमनित्यम्whatever is transferred by an extended application, need not, be necessarily taken. See Paribhāṣenduśekhara of Nāgeśa. 93.6 as also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.123 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).4, I.2.1 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 3, II.3.69 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini).2 et cetera, and others, Kaiyaṭa on II. 1.2 and VI.4.22 and Kāśikāvivaraṇapañjikā, a commentary on the Kāśikāvṛtti by Jinendrabuddhi, called Nyāsa. on P. I.1.56 and P. I.2.58 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 8. The dictum अातिदेशिकमनित्यम् is given as a Paribhāṣā by Nāgeśa confer, compare Pari. Śek. 93. 6.
antaddhita affix. affix अ ( अन् ) ( 1) added to the word नीली in the sense of 'dyed in', to form the word नील,confer, compare P. IV.2.2. Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (2) added to the word अषाढा in the sense of 'produced in' cf अषाढाः उपदधाति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.3.34 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2; (3) added after the affix तीय in the same sense as तीय exempli gratia, for example द्वितीयो भागः, तृतीयो भागः confer, compare पूरणाद् भागे तीयादन् P.V.3.48.
anabhihitanot conveyed or expressed by another id est, that is by any one of the four factors viz.verbal affix, kṛt affix,taddhita affix and compound. The rule अनभिहिते (P. II.3.I) and the following rules lay down the different case affixes in the sense of the different Kārakas or auxiliaries of the verbal activity, provided they are not shown or indicated in any one of the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned four ways; e. g. see the acc. case in कटं करोति, the inst, case in दात्रेण लुनाति, the dative case case in देवदत्ताय गां ददाति, the ablative case. case in ग्रामादा गच्छति, or the locative casecase in स्थाल्यां पचति.
anuvartyato be observed, to be obeyed; confer, compare न लक्षणेन पदकाराः अनुवर्त्याः । पदकारिर्नाम लक्षणमनुवर्त्यम् M.Bh. on III.1.109.
anyasadṛśādhikaraṇaan object which is different from what is mentioned, yet similar to it confer, compare नञिवयुक्तमन्यसदृशा धिकरणे तथा ह्यर्थगति; । अब्राह्मणमानयेत्युक्ते ब्राह्मणसदृश आनीयते । नासौ लोष्टमानीय कृती भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.1.12
anvaya(1)construing, construction: arrangement of words according to their mutual relationship based upon the sense conveyed by them, शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम् । (2) continuance, continuation;confer, compare घृतघटतैलवट इति ; निषिक्ते घृते तैले वा अन्वयाद्विशेषणं भवति अयं घृतघटः, अयं तैलघट इति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.II. 1.1.
anvarthakagiven in accordance with the sense; generally applied to a technical term which is found in accordance with the sense conveyed by the constituent parts of it; e. g. सर्वनामसंज्ञा, confer, compare महत्याः संज्ञायाः करणे एतत् प्रयोजनमन्वर्थसंज्ञा यथा विज्ञायेत Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.23.
appayadīkṣitaअप्पदीक्षित A famous versatile writer of the sixteenth century A. D. (1530-1600 ), son of रङ्गराजाध्वरीन्द्र a Dravid Brāhmaṇa. He wrote more than 60 smaller or greater treatises mainly on Vedānta, Mimāṁsā, Dharma and Alaṁkāra śāstras; many of his works are yet in manuscript form. The Kaumudi-prakāśa and Tiṅantaśeṣasaṁgraha are the two prominent grammatical works written by him. Paṇdit Jagannātha spoke very despisingly of him.
artha(1)literally signification,conveyed sense or object. The sense is sometimes looked upon as a determinant of the foot of a verse: confer, compare प्रायोर्थो वृत्तमित्येते पादज्ञानस्य हेतवः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XVII 16. It is generally looked upon as the determinant of a word (पद). A unit or element of a word which is possessed of an independent sense is looked upon as a Pada in the old Grammar treatises; confer, compare अर्थः पदमिति ऐन्द्रे; confer, compare also अर्थः पदम् Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.2, explained by उव्वट as अर्थाभिधायि पदम् । पद्यते गम्यते ज्ञायतेSर्थोनेनेति पदम् । There is no difference of opinion regarding the fact that, out of the four standard kinds of words नाम, आख्यात, उपसर्ग and निपात, the first two kinds नाम and अाख्यात do possess an independent sense of their own. Regarding possession of sense and the manner in which the sense is conveyed, by the other two viz. the Upasargas (prepositions) and Nipātas (particles) there is a striking difference of opinion among scholars of grammar. Although Pāṇini has given the actual designation पद to words ending with either the case or the conjugational affixes, he has looked upon the different units or elements of a Pada such as the base, the affix, the augment and the like as possessed of individually separate senses. There is practically nothing in Pāṇini's sūtras to prove that Nipātas and Upasargas do not possess an independent sense. Re: Nipātas, the rule चादयोऽसत्वे, which means that च and other indeclinables are called Nipātas when they do not mean सत्त्व, presents a riddle as to the meaning which च and the like should convey if they do not mean सत्त्व or द्रव्य id est, that is a substance. The Nipātas cannot mean भाव or verbal activity and if they do not mean सत्व or द्रव्य, too, they will have to be called अनर्थक (absolutely meaningless) and in that case they would not be termed Prātipadika, and no caseaffix would be applied to them. To avoid this difficulty, the Vārtikakāra had to make an effort and he wrote a Vārtika निपातस्य अनर्थकस्य प्रातिपदिकत्वम् । P. I.2.45 Vār. 12. As a matter of fact the Nipātas च, वा and others do possess a sense as shown by their presence and absence (अन्वय and व्यतिरेक). The sense, however, is conveyed rather in a different manner as the word समूह, or समुदाय, which is the meaning conveyed by च in रामः कृष्णश्च, cannot be substituted for च as its Synonym in the sentence राम: कुष्णश्च. Looking to the different ways in which their sense is conveyed by nouns and verbs on the one hand, and by affixes, prepositions and indeclinables on the other hand, Bhartṛhari, possibly following Yāska and Vyāḍi, has developed the theory of द्योतकत्व as contrasted with वाचकत्व and laid down the dictum that indeclinables, affixes and prepositions (उपसर्गs) do not directly convey any specific sense as their own, but they are mere signs to show some specific property or excellence of the sense conveyed by the word to which they are attached; confer, compare also the statement 'न निर्बद्धा उपसर्गा अर्थान्निराहुरिति शाकटायनः नामाख्यातयोस्तु कर्मोपसंयेगद्योतका भवन्ति । Nir 1.3. The Grammarians, just like the rhetoricians have stated hat the connection between words and their senses is a permanent one ( नित्य ), the only difference in their views being that the rhetoricians state that words are related; no doubt permanently, to their sense by means of संकेत or convention which solely depends on the will of God, while the Grammarians say that the expression of sense is only a natural function of words; confer, compare 'अभिधानं पुनः स्वाभाविकम्' Vārttika No.33. on P. I.2.64. For द्योतकत्व see Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari II. 165-206.
arthavadgrahaṇaparibhāṣāa well known maxim or Paribha of grammarians fully stated as अर्थवद्ग्रहणे नानर्थकस्य ग्रहणम्, deduced from the phrase अर्थवद्ग्रहणात् frequently used by the Vārttikakāra. The Paribhāṣā lays down that 'when a combination of letters employed in Grammar, is possessed of a sense, it has to be taken as possessed of sense and not such an one as is devoid of sense.'
asamarthasamāsaa compound of two words, which ordinarily is inadmissible, one of the two words being more closely connected with a third word, but which takes place on the authority of usage, there being no obstacle in the way of understanding the sense to be conveyed; e. g. देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् । देवदत्तस्य दासभार्या । असूर्यंपश्यानि मुखानि, अश्राद्धभोजी ब्राह्मणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.1.1.
aāritaddhita affix. affix applied to the word पूर्वतर when the whole word refers to a year, exempli gratia, for exampleपरारि in the last year; confer, compare B.V.3.22 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 2.
it(1)a letter or a group of letters attached to a word which is not seen in actual use in the spoken language: cf अप्रयोगी इत्, Śāk. I.1.5, Hemacandra's Śabdānuśāsana.1.1.37. The इत् letters are applied to a word before it, or after it, and they have got each of them a purpose in grammar viz. causing or preventing certain grammatical operations in the formation of the complete word. Pāṇini has not given any definition of the word इत् , but he has mentioned when and where the vowels and consonants attached to words are to be understood as इत्; (confer, compare उपदेशेजनुनासिक इत् , हलन्त्यम् । et cetera, and others P. I.3.2 to 8) and stated that these letters are to be dropped in actual use, confer, compareP.I.3.9. It appears that grammarians before Pāṇini had also employed such इत् letters, as is clear from some passages in the Mahābhāṣya as also from their use in other systems of grammar as also in the Uṇādi list of affixes, for purposes similar to those found served in Pāṇini 's grammar. Almost all vowels and consonants are used as इत् for different purposes and the इत् letters are applied to roots in the Dhātupāṭha, nouns in the Gaṇapāṭha, as also to affixes, augments and substitutes prescribed in grammar. Only at a few places they are attached to give facility of pronunciation. Sometimes the इत् letters, especially vowels, which are said to be इत्, when uttered as nasalized by Pāṇini, are recognised only by convention; confer, compare प्रतिज्ञानुनासिक्याः पाणिनीयाः(S.K.on P.I.3.2).The word इत्, which literally means going away or disappearing, can be explained as a mute indicatory letter. In Pāṇini's grammar, the mute vowel अ applied to roots indicates the placing of the Ātmanepada affixes after them, if it be uttered as anudātta and of affixes of both the padas if uttered svarita; confer, compare P.I.3. 12, 72. The mute vowel आ signifies the prevention of इडागम before the past part, affixes; confer, compare P. VII. 2. 16. Similarly, the mute vowel इ signfies the augment न् after the last vowel of the root; confer, compareP.VII.1.58; ई signifies the prevention of the augment इ before the past participle.affixes cfP.VII.2.14;उ signifies the inclusion of cognate letters; confer, compareP.I.1.69, and the optional addition of the augment इ before त्वा; confer, compare P.VII.2. 56; ऊ signifies the optional application of the augment इट्;confer, compareP.VII. 2.44; क signifies the prevention of ह्रस्व to the vowel of a root before the causal affix, confer, compareVII.4.2: लृ signifies the vikarana अङ् in the Aorist cf P.III.1.55; ए signifies the prevention of vrddhi in the Aorist,confer, compare P.VII.2.55; ओ signifies the substitution of न् for त् of the past participle. confer, compare P VIII.2.45; क् signifies the Prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compareP, I. 1.5; ख् signifies the addition of the augment मुम्(म्)and the shortening of the preceding vowel: confer, compareP.VI.3 65-66: ग् signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5 घ् signifies कुत्व, confer, compare P.VII.3.62; ङ्, applied to affixes, signifies the prevention of गुण and वृद्धि, confer, compare P.I.1.5; it causes संप्रसारणादेश in the case of certain roots, confer, compare P. VI.1.16 and signifies आत्मनेपद if applied to roots; confer, compare P.I. 3.12, and their substitution for the last letter if applied to substitutes. confer, compare P I.1.53. च् signifies the acute accent of the last vowel;confer, compareP.VI.1. 159; ञ् signifies उभयपद i.e the placing of the affixes of both the podas after the root to which it has been affixed;confer, compareP.I.3.72, ट् in the case of an augment signifies its application to the word at the beginning: confer, compareP I.1.64, while applied to a nominal base or an affix shows the addition of the feminine. affix ई (ङीप्) confer, compareP.IV.1. 15;ड् signifies the elision of the last syllable; confer, compare P.VI.4.142: ण् signifies वृद्धि, confer, compareP.VII.2.115;त् signifies स्वरित accent, confer, compare VI.1.181, as also that variety of the vowel ( ह्रस्व, दीर्ध or प्लुत) to which it has been applied confer, compare P.I.1.70; न् signifies आद्युदात्त, confer, compare P.VI.1.193:प् signifies अनुदात्त accent confer, compare अनुदात्तौ सुप्पितौ P. III.1.4. as also उदात्त for the vowel before the affix marked with प् confer, compare P.VI.1.192: म् signifies in the case of an augment its addition after the final vowel.confer, compareP.I.1.47,while in the case of a root, the shortening of its vowel before the causal affix णि,confer, compare P.VI.4.92: र् signifies the acute accent for the penultimate vowel confer, compare P.VI.1.217，ल् signifies the acute accent for the vowel preceding the affix marked with ल्; confer, compareP.VI. 193; श् implies in the case of an affix its सार्वधातुकत्व confer, compare P. II1.4.113, while in the case of substitutes, their substitution for the whole स्थानिन् cf P.I.1.55; प् signifies the addition of the feminine. affix ई ( ङीप् ) confer, compareP.IV-1.41 ;स् in the case of affixes signifies पदसंज्ञा to the base before them, cf P.I.4.16. Sometimes even without the actual addition of the mute letter, affixes are directed to be looked upon as possessed of that mute letter for the sake of a grammatical operation exempli gratia, for example सार्वधातुकमपित् P.I.2.4; असंयेागाल्लिट कित् P.I.2.5: गोतो णित् P.VII.1.90 et cetera, and others (2) thc short vowel इ as a substitute: confer, compare शास इदङ्हलोः P.VI.4.34.
ekavacanasingular number; affix of the singular numberin Pāṇini's grammar applied to noun-bases ( प्रातिपदिक) and roots when the sense of the singular number is to be conveyed; the singular sense can be of the form of an individual or collection or genus. The word एकवचन in the technical sense of singular number is found used in the Prātiśākhyas and Nirukta also.
aindraname of an ancient school of grammar and of the treatise also, belonging to that school, believed to have been written under instructions of Indra. The work is not available. Patañjali mentions that Bṛhaspati instructed Indra for one thousand celestial years and still did not finish his instructions in words': (Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I.1.1 ). The Taittirīya Saṁhitā mentions the same. Pāṇini has referred to some ancient grammarians of the East by the word प्राचाम् without mentioning their names, and scholars like Burnell think that the grammar assigned to Indra is to be referred to by the word प्राचाम्. The Bṛhatkathāmañjarī remarks that Pāṇini's grammar threw into the background the Aindra Grammar. Some scholars believe that Kalāpa grammar which is available today is based upon Aindra,just as Cāndra is based upon Pāṇini's grammar. References to Aindra Grammar are found in the commentary on the Sārasvata Vyākaraṇa, in the Kavikalpadruma of Bopadeva as also in the commentary upon the Mahābhārata by Devabodha.Quotations, although very few, are given by some writers from the work. All these facts prove that there was an ancient pre-Pāṇinian treatise on Grammar assigned to इन्द्र which was called Aindra-Vyākaraṇa.For details see Dr.Burnell's 'Aindra School of Sanskrit Grammarians' as also Vol. VII pages 124-126 of Vyākaraṇa Mahābhāṣya, edited by the D.E.Society, Poona.
oṣṭhayaliterally produced upon the lip: a letter ofthe labial class;letters उ,ऊ, ओ, औ, प्, फ्, ब्, भ्, म् and व् are given as ओष्ठय letters in the Ṛk Prātiśākhya, confer, compare Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 20. See the word ओष्ठ a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For the utterance of the letter व् tips of the teeth. are also employed; hence the letter व् is said to have दन्तौष्ठ as its स्थान.. ओस् the case affix ओस् of the genitive case and the loc, dual number
kātantraname of an important small treatise on grammar which appears like a systematic abridgment of the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini. It ignores many unimportant rules of Pāṇini, adjusts many, and altogether omits the Vedic portion and the accent chapter of Pāṇini. It lays down the Sūtras in an order different from that of Pāṇini dividing the work into four adhyāyas dealing with technical terms, saṁdhi rules,declension, syntax compounds noun-affixes ( taddhita affixes ) conjugation, voice and verbal derivatives in an order. The total number of rules is 1412 supplemented by many subordinate rules or Vārttikas. The treatise is believed to have been written by Śarvavarman, called Sarvavarman or Śarva or Sarva, who is said to have lived in the reign of the Sātavāhana kings. The belief that Pāṇini refers to a work of Kalāpin in his rules IV. 3.108 and IV.3.48 and that Patañjali's words कालापम् and माहवार्तिकम् support it, has not much strength. The work was very popular especially among those who wanted to study spoken Sanskrit with ease and attained for several year a very prominent place among text-books on grammar especially in Bihar, Bengal and Gujarat. It has got a large number of glosses and commentary works, many of which are in a manuscript form at present. Its last chapter (Caturtha-Adhyāya) is ascribed to Vararuci. As the arrangement of topics is entirely different from Pāṇini's order, inspite of considerable resemblance of Sūtras and their wording, it is probable that the work was based on Pāṇini but composed on the models of ancient grammarians viz. Indra, Śākaṭāyana and others whose works,although not available now, were available to the author. The grammar Kātantra is also called Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra.. A comparison of the Kātantra Sūtras and the Kālāpa-vyākaraṇasūtra. Sūtras shows that the one is a different version of the other. The Kātantra Grammar is also called Kaumāra as it is said that the original 1nstructions for the grammar were received by the author from Kumāra or Kārttikeya. For details see Vol. VII Patañjala Mahābhāṣya published by the D.E. Society, Poona, page 375.
ktvākṛt (affix). affix त्वा added to roots (1) in the sense of prohibition conveyed by the word अलं or खलु preceding the root, exempli gratia, for example अलं कृत्वा, खलु कृत्वा; confer, compare P. III.4.18; (2) in the sense of exchange in the case of the root मा, e. g. अपमित्य याचते; confer, compare P. III.4.19; (3) to show an activity of the past time along with a verb or noun of action showing comparatively a later time, provided the agent of the former and the latter activities is the same; exempli gratia, for example भुक्त्वा व्रजति, स्नात्वा पीत्वा भुक्त्वा व्रजति; confer, compare P. III.4. 21. This kṛt affix is always added to roots when they are without any prefix; when there is a prefix the indeclinable, ending in त्वा, is always compounded with the prefix and त्वा is changed into य (ल्यप्), exempli gratia, for example प्रकृत्य, प्रहृत्य; confer, compare समासेऽनञ्पूर्वे क्त्वो ल्यप् P. VII. 1.37. The substitution of य is at will in Vedic Literature; exempli gratia, for example कृष्णं वासो यजमानं परिधापयित्वा ( instead of परिधाप्य ), confer, compare P. VII.1.38, while sometimes, य is added after त्वा as an augment e. g. दत्वाय सविता धियः confer, compare P. VII.l.47, as also sometimes त्वी or त्वीनम् is substituted for त्वा e. g. इष्ट्वीनं देवान्, स्नात्वी मलादिव, confer, compare P. VII.1.48, 49.
gotrinda( चक्रवर्तिन् )writer of Samasavada, a short treatise on the sense conveyed by compound words.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
ṭhaka very common taddhita affix. affix इक, or क in case it is added to words ending in इस् , उस् , उ, ऋ, ल् and त् according to P. VII. 3. 51, causing the substitution of vrddhi for the first vowel of the word to which it is addedition ठक् is added to (1) रेवती and other words in the sense of descendant ( अपत्य ) e. g. रैवतिकः:, दाण्डग्राहिकः, गार्गिकः, भागवित्तिकः यामुन्दायनिकः, confer, compare P. IV. 1.146-149; (2) to the words लाक्षा,रोचना et cetera, and others in the sense of 'dyed in', e. g. लाक्षिकम्, रौचनिकम् ; confer, compare P. IV. 2.2; (3) to the words दधि and उदश्वित् in the sense of संस्कृत 'made better ', e. g. दाधिकम् , औदश्वित्कम् ( क instead of इक substituted for टक् ), confer, compare P. IV.2. 18, 19; (4) to the words अाग्रहायुणी, अश्वत्थ et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 22, 23; (5) to words expressive of inanimate objects, to the words हस्ति and धेनु, as also to the words केश and अश्व in the sense of 'multitude '; confer, compare P. IV. 2. 47, 48; (6) to the words क्रतु, उक्थ and words ending in सूत्र, वसन्त et cetera, and others, in the sense of 'students of' ( तदधीते तद्वेद ), confer, compare P. IV. 2.59, 60, 63; (7) to the words कुमुद and others as also to शर्करा as a चातुरर्थिक affix; confer, compare P. IV. 2.80, 84; (8) to the words कन्था, भवत् and वर्षा in the Saisika senses; confer, compare P. IV. 2.102, 115, IV. 3.18; (9) to the words उपजानु and others in the sense 'generally present '; confer, compare P. IV. 3. 40; (10) to the words consisting of two syllables, and the words ऋक्, ब्राह्मण et cetera, and othersin the sense of 'explanatory literary work'; confer, compare P. IV.3.72: ( 11) to words meaning 'sources of income ' in the sense of 'accruing from’; confer, compare P. IV. 3.75; (12) to words denoting inanimate things excepting words showing time or place in the sense of ' भक्ति ', cf P. IV. 8.96; and (13) to the words हल् and सीर in the sense of 'belonging to', confer, compare P. IV. 3.124. The taddhita affix. affix ठक् is added as a general termination, excepting in such cases where other affixes are prescribed, in specified senses like 'तेन दीव्यति, ' 'तेन खनति,' 'तेन संस्कृतम्' et cetera, and others; cf P. IV. 4.1-75, as also to words हल, सीर, कथा, विकथा, वितण्डा et cetera, and others in specified senses, confer, compare P. IV.4. 81, 102 ठक् is also added as a general taddhita affix. affix or अधिकारविहितप्रत्यय, in various specified senses, as prescribed by P. V.1.19-63,and to the words उदर, अयःशूल,दण्ड, अजिन, अङ्गुली, मण्डल, et cetera, and others and to the word एकशाला, in the prescribed senses; confer, compare P. V. 2.67,76, V. 3.108,109; while, without making any change in sense it is added to अनुगादिन् , विनय, समय, उपाय ( औपयिक being the word formed), अकस्मात्, कथंचित्; (confer, compareआकस्मिक काथंचित्क), समूह,विशेष, अत्यय and others, and to the word वाक् in the sense of 'expressed'; confer, compare P. V. 4.13, 34, 35. The feminine. affix ङीप् ( ई ) is added to words ending in the affix टक् to form feminine. bases.
ṇinikrt affix इन् signifying vrddhi (1) applied to the roots headed by ग्रह् ( i. e. the roots ग्रह्, उद्वस्, स्था et cetera, and others ) in the sense of an agent;e. g. ग्राही, उद्वासी, स्थायी. confer, compare P. III.1.134; (2) applied to the root हन् preceded by the word कुमार or शीर्ष as उपपद: e. g. कुमारघाती, शीर्षघाती, confer, compare P. III.2.51: (3) applied to any root preceded by a substantive as upapada in the sense of habit, or when compari son or vow or frequency of action is conveyed, or to the root मन्, with a substantive as उपपद e. gउष्णभोजी, शीतभोजी, उष्ट्रकोशी, ध्वाङ्क्षरावीः स्थण्डिलशायी, अश्राद्धभोजीः क्षीरपायिण उशीनराः; सौवीरपायिणो वाह्रीकाः: दर्शनीयमानी, शोभनीयमानी, confer, compare P. III.2.78-82; (4) applied to the root यज् preceded by a word referring to the करण of यागफल as also to the root हन् preceded by a word forming the object ( कर्मन् ) of the root हन् , the words so formed referring to the past tense: e. g. अग्निष्टो याजी, पितृव्याघाती, confer, compare P. III 2.85, 86; (5) applied to a root when the word so formed refers to a kind of necessary activity or to a debtor; confer, compare अवश्यंकारी, शतंदायी, सहस्रदायी confer, compare P. III.4. 169-170: (6) tad-affix इन् , causing vrddhi for the first vowel, applied to the words काश्यप and कौशिक referring to ancient sages named so, as also to words which are the names of the pupils of कलापि or of वैशम्पायन, as also to the words शुनक, वाजसनेय et cetera, and others in the sense of 'students learning what has been traditionally spoken by those sages' e. g. काश्यपिनः, ताण्डिनः, हरिद्रविणः शौनकिनः, वाजसनेयिनः et cetera, and others; cf P. IV.3, 103 104, 106; (7) applied to words forming the names of ancient sages who are the speakers of ancient Brahmana works in the sense of 'pupils studying those works' as also to words forming the names of sages who composed old Kalpa works in the sense of those कल्प works; e. g. भाल्लविनः, एतरेयिणः । पैङ्गी कल्पः अरुणपराजी कल्पः; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3.105: (8) applied to the words पाराशर्य and शिलालिन् in the sense of 'students reading the Bhiksusutras (of पाराशार्य) and the Nata sutras ( of शिलालिन् ) respectively; e. g. पाराशरिणो भिक्षव:, शैलालिनो नटाः: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.110.
ṇyuṭkrt affix अन in the sense of ' skilled agent ' applied (1) to the root गै to singular. exempli gratia, for example गायनः, गायनी, confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III 1.147, also गाथकः, गाथिका by P. III. 1.146: (2) to the root हा (III. P. and III.A. also) if ' rice ' or ' time ' be the sense conveyed: e. g. हायना व्रीहयः, हायनः संवत्सरः .confer, compare Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 1.148.
ṇvuckrt affix अक seen always with the feminine. affix अा applied to a root when the sense conveyed is ' a turn ' or ' a deserving thing ' or ' debt ' or ' occurrence;' e. g. भवतः शायिका, अर्हति भवान् इक्षुभक्षिकाम्, ओदनभोजिकां धारयसि, इक्षुभक्षिका उदपादि ; cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. III. 3.1 1 1.
tācchabdya(1)use of a word for that word (of which the sense has been conveyed); the expression तादर्थ्या त्ताच्छब्द्यम् is often used by grammarians just like a Paribhasa; confer, compare अस्ति तादर्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यम् । बहुव्रीह्यर्थानि पदानि बहुव्रीहिरिति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.29; similarly तृतीयासमास;for तृतीयार्थानि पदानि M.Bh. on P.I.1.30 or समासार्थे शास्त्रं समासः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.43; (2) use of a word for that word of which there is the vicinity; confer, compare अथवा साहचर्यात् ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति। कालसहचरितो वर्णः। वर्णॊपि काल एव; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.27 where the letter उ is taken in the sense of time required for its utterance, the reason being that sound and time go together; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.70, IV.3.48, V.2.79; (3) use of a word for that which resides there; confer, compare तात्स्थ्यात्ताच्छब्द्यं भविष्यति M.Bh. on V.4.50 Vart. 3. At all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. places, the use of one word for another is by Laksana.
dyotya(sense)conveyed by suggestion indirectly and not directly expressed, as in the case of karmapravacaniyas, the krt affixes and the tad, affixes: confer, compare अनुशब्दो लक्षणे द्योत्ये कर्मप्रवचनीयसंज्ञो भवति Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I. 4.84.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
padavākyaratnākaraa disquisition on grammar dealing with the different ways in which the sense of words is conveyedition The work consists of a running commentary on his own verses by the author Gokulanātha Miśra who, from internal evidence, appears to have flourished before Koņdabhațța and after Kaiyața.
parokṣaused as an adjective of the word भूत meaning 'past tense'; literally behind the eyes, unnoticed by the eyes. The word is generally used in the sense of remote or long (past) or 'perfect'. For the alternative explanation of the word परोक्ष, confer, compare कथंजातीयकं पुनः परोक्षं नाम । केचित्तावदाहुः वर्षशतवृत्तं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुः क्रटान्तरितं परोक्षमिति । अपर आहुर्ह्याहवृत्तं त्र्यहंर्वृत्तं चेति । M.Bh. on परोक्षे लिट् P. III.2.115.
parokṣāliterally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.
pratyudāharaṇacounter instance. In order to explain the wording of a grammatical rule clearly, it is customary to give along with the instances of the rule (where the rule has been effectively employed), a few words which would have resulted into other faulty words by the application of the particular rule in case that rule had not been stated or a word or more of it had been omitted; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐच् इति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत् समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). in Ahnika 1.
prayojyathat which is employed or incited or urged; the word which is the subject in the primitive construction and becomes an object in the causal construction, and as a result, which is put in the accusative case being प्रयोज्यकर्म. As, however, the प्रयोज्यकर्म originally occupies the place of the subject in the primitive construction, the term प्रयोज्यकर्ता ( प्रयोज्यश्चासौ कर्ता च ) is often used in connection with it, as contrasted with the term प्रयोजककर्ता which is used with respect to the subject in the causal construction; confer, compare इह च भेदिका देवदत्तस्य यज्ञदत्तस्य काष्ठानामिति प्रयोज्ये कर्तरि षष्ठी न प्राप्नोति । M.Bh. on P. III. 1.26 Vart. l ; confer, compare also Kaiy. on P. I. 2.65.
prātipadikaliterallyavailable in every word. The term प्रातिपादिक can be explained as प्रतिपदं गृह्णाति तत् प्रातिपदिकम् cf P.IV. 4. 39. The term प्रातिपदिक, although mentioned in the Brahmana works, is not found in the Pratisakhya works probably because those works were concerned with formed words which had been actually in use. The regular division of a word into the base ( प्रकृति ) and the affix ( प्रत्यय ) is available, first in the grammar of Panini, who has given two kinds of bases, the noun-base and the verb-base. The noun-base is named Pratipadika by him while the verb-base is named Dhatu. The definition of Pratipadika is given by him as a word which is possessed of sense, but which is neither a root nor a suffix; confer, compare अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम् . P.I. 2.45. Although his definition includes, the krdanta words,the taddhitanta words and the compound words, still, Panini has mentioned them separately in the rule कृत्तद्धितसमासाश्च P. I. 2.45 to distinguish them as secondary noun-bases as compared with the primary noun-bases which are mentioned in the rule अर्थवदधातुरप्रत्ययः प्रातिपदिकम्, Thus,Panini implies four kinds of Pratipadikas मूलभूत, कृदन्त, तद्धितान्त and समास, The Varttikakara appears to have given nine kinds-गुणवचन, सर्वनाम, अव्यय, तद्धितान्त, कृदन्त, समास, जाति, संख्या and संज्ञा. See Varttikas 39 to 44 on P. I. 4. 1. Later on, Bhojaraja in his SringaraPrakasa has quoted the definition अर्थवदधातु given by Panini, and has given six subdivisions.: confer, compare नामाव्ययानुकरणकृत्तद्धितसमासाः प्रातिपदिकानि Sr. Prak. I. page 6. For the sense conveyed by a Pratipadika or nounbase, see प्रातिपदिकार्थ.
prātipadikārthadenoted sense of a Pratipadika or a noun-base. Standard grammarians state that the denotation of a pratipadika is five-fold viz. स्वार्थ, द्रव्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या and कारक. The word स्वार्थ refers to the causal factor of denotation or प्रवृत्तिनिमित्त which is of four kinds जाति, गुण, क्रिया and संज्ञा as noticed respectively in the words गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्ः. The word द्रव्य refers to the individual object which sometimes is directly denoted as in अश्वमानय, while on some occasions it is indirectly denoted through the genus or the general notion as in ब्राह्मणः पूज्य:, लिङ्ग the gender, संख्या the number and कारक the case-relation are the denotations of the case-terminations, but sometimes as they are conveyed in the absence of a case-affix as in the words पञ्च, दश, and others, they are stated as the denoted senses of the Pratipadika, while the case-affixes are said to indicate them; confer, compare वाचिका द्योतिका वा स्युः शब्दादीनां विभक्तयः Vakyapadiya.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhrūmadhyaliterallycentre of the brows, or eyebrows which is described as the place of air ( which produces utterance or speech) at the time of the evening soma-pressing or sacrifice: confer, compare प्रात:सवनमाध्यन्दिनसवनतृतीयसवनक्रमेण उर:कण्ठभ्रूमध्यानि त्रीणि स्थानानि वायोर्भर्वान्त Vāj. Prāt. I. 30; confer, compare also भ्रुवोर्मध्ये प्राणमावेश्य सम्यक्.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mātrā(1)measure, quantity ; cf भवति हि तत्र या च यावती च अर्थमात्रा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.2.45 and II.1.1 ; (2) mora, prosodial unit of one instant id est, that is the length of time required to pronounce a short vowel: confer, compare भूयसी मात्रा इवर्णोवर्णयोः, अल्पीयसी अवर्णस्य, M.Bh. on I.1.48 Vart. 4: confer, compare मात्रा ह्रस्वस्ता वदवग्रहान्तरं, द्वे दीर्धः,तिस्रः प्लुत उच्यते स्वरः Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.)I.16: cf also Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I.34, T.Pr.I.37, V.Pr.I.59, R.T.28 also cf अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Par. Sek. Pari. 132. The instant is taken to be equal to the throbbing of the eye, or a flash of lightning, or a note of a wood-cock.
mleccha(1)a word although correct,yet looked upon as incorrect owing to its faulty utterance; (2) a person like the uncultured people, who is not able to pronounce words correctly confer, compare म्लेच्छा मा भूमेत्यध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). I. 1, Ahnika 1.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vivakṣāintention or desire, generally of the speaker with regard to the sense to be conveyed by his words; the words वक्तुर्विवक्षा are often used by grammarians in this sense: confer, compare विवक्षातः कारकाणि (Paribhāṣā)confer, compare also कथम् । विवक्षातः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1.66-67, I.2.64 Vārttika (on the Sūtra of Pāṇini). 53, IV.1.3: confer, compare also विवक्षाधीना शब्दव्युत्पत्तिः Durgh. Vr. II.2.8; confer, compare also इतिकरणो विवक्षार्थ: Kāś. on P.II. 2.27, IV.2.21, IV.2.55,57, et cetera, and others
vṛttidīpikāa treatise on the different ways in which the meaning is conveyed by words according to the conventions of grammarians,written by a grammarian Krisnabhatta surnamed Mauni.
śakyawhich forms the object pointed out by means of the potentiality to the hearer by the word (id est, that is शब्द) which directly communicates the sense, in which case it is termed वाचक as contrasted with भेदक or द्योतक when the sense,which is of the type of संबन्ध is conveyed rather indirectly. This nice division into वाचकता and भेदकता was introduced clearly by भर्तृहरि: confer, compare Vakyapadtya Kanda 2.
śabdatattvaliterally the essence of a word; the ultimate sense conveyed by the word which is termed स्फोट by the Vaiyakaranas. Philosophically this Sabdatattva or Sphota is the philosophical Brahman of the Vedantins, which is named as Sabdabrahma or Nadabrahma by the Vaiykaranas,and which appears as the Phenomenal world of the basis of its own powers such as time factor and the like; confer, compare अनादिनिधनं ब्रह्म शब्दतत्वं यदक्षरम् ! विवर्ततेर्थभावेन प्रक्रिया जगतो यतः ॥ vakyapadiya, I.1: cf। also Vakyapadiya II.31.
śabdarūpāvalia very brief treatise on declension giving the forms of the seven cases of a few choice-words. The work is studied as the first elementary work and is very common without the name of any specific author.There are different works named शब्दरूपावलि giving declensions of different words which are all anonymous, although from the dates of manuscripts mentioned, they appear to be more than five or six hundred years old.
śabdavivaraṇaa grammar work on the meaning of words and how it is conveyed, written by a grammarian named वर्णिकुबेरानन्द The work forms a part of his bigger work दानभागवत. See वर्णिकुबेरानन्द,
śākapārthivādia class of irregular samanadhikarana , Samasas, or Karmadharaya compound formations, where according to the sense conveyed by the compound word, a word after the first word or so, has to be taken as omitted; confer, compare समानाधिकरणाधिकारे शाकपार्थिवादीनामुपसंख्यानमुत्तरपदलेपश्च वक्तव्यः । शाकभेाजी पार्थिवः शाकपार्थिवः । कुतपवासाः सौश्रुतः कुतपसौश्रुतः । यष्टिप्रधानो मौद्गल्य; यष्टिमौद्गल्यः। M.Bh. on P.II.1.69 Vart. 8.
saṃjñāa technical term; a short wording to convey ample sense; a term to know the general nature cf things; convention; confer, compare वृद्धिशब्द; संज्ञा; अादेच: संज्ञिन: M.Bh. on P.1-1.1. There are two main divisions of संज्ञा-कृत्रिमसंज्ञा or an artificial term such as टि, घु, or भ which is merely conventional, and अकृत्रिमसंज्ञा which refers to the literal sense conveyed by the word such as अव्यय, सर्वनाम and the like. Some grammar works such as the Candra avoid purely conventional terms, These samjhas are necessary for every scientific treatise. In Panini's grammar, there are the first two chapters giving and explaining the technical terms whose number exceeds well-nigh a hundredition
samasaṇtaddhita affix. affix समस् applied to the word इदम् to form the word ऐषमः meaning 'this year'; confer, compare इदमः समसण् । इदमः समसण् प्रत्ययेा निपात्यते संवत्सरेभिधेये । अस्मिन्संवत्सरे ऐषमः । M.Bh. on P. V. 3.22 Vart. 3.
sāpekṣawith an expectancy in sense; although in grammar expectancy is at the root of, and forms a sort of a connecting link for, the various kinds of relations which exist between the different words of a sentence which has to give a composite sense, yet, if a word outside a compound is connected with a word inside a compound, especially with a second or further member, the sense becomes ambiguous; and expectancy in such cases is looked upon as a fault; e. g. अप्रविष्टविषयो हि रक्षसाम् Raghu XI. When, however, in spite of the fault of expectancy the sense is clear, the compound is admissible; confer, compare यदि सविशेषणानां वृत्तिर्न वृत्तस्य वा विशेषणं न प्रयुज्यते इत्युच्यते देवदत्तस्य गुरुकुलम् देवदत्तस्य गुरुपुत्रः,अत्र वृत्तिर्न प्राप्नोति। अगुरुकुलपुत्रादीनामिति वक्तव्यम् I Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P II.1.1 ; confer, compare also the expression सापेक्षत्वेपि गमकत्वात्समास: often used by commentators.
siddhāntakaumudīa critical and scholarly commentary on the Sutras of Panini, in which the several Sutras are arranged topicwise and fully explained with examples and counter examples. The work is exhaustive, yet not voluminous, difficult yet popular, and critical yet lucid. The work is next in importance to the Mahabhasya in the system of Panini, and its study prepares the way for understanding the Mahabhasya. It is prescribed for study in the courses of Vyakarana at every academy and Pathasala and is expected to be committed to memory by students who want to be thorough scholars of Vyakarana.By virtue of its methodical treatment it has thrown into the back-ground all kindred works and glosses or Vrttis on the Sutras of Panini. It is arranged into two halves, the first half dealing with seven topics ( 1 ) संज्ञापरिभाषा, ( 2 ) पञ्त्वसंधि, ( 3 ) षड्लिङ्ग, ( 4 ) स्त्रीप्रत्यय, ( 5 ) कारक, ( 6 ) समास, ( 7 ) तद्धित, and the latter half dealing with five topics, ( 1 ) दशगणी, ( 2 ) द्वादशप्राक्रिया ( 3 ) कृदन्त ( 4 ) वैदिकी and ( 5 ) स्वर. The author भट्टोजीदीक्षित has himself written a scholarly gloss on it called प्रौढमनेरमा on which, his grandson, Hari Diksita has written a learned commentary named लघुशब्दरत्न or simple शब्दरत्न. The Siddhāntakaumudi has got a large number of commentaries on it out of which, the commentaries प्रौढमनेरमा, बालमनोरमा, (by वासुदेवदीक्षित) तत्त्वबोधिनी and लघुशब्देन्दुशेखर are read by almost every true scholar of Vyakarana. Besides these four, there are a dozen or more commentaries some of which can be given below with their names and authors ( I ) सुबेाधिनी by जयकृष्णमौनि, ( 2 ) सुबोधिनी by रामकृष्णभट्ट ( 3 ) वृहृच्छब्देन्दुशेखर by नागेश, ( 4 ) बालमनेारमा by अनन्तपण्डित, ( 5 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरहृस्य by नीलकण्ठ, ( 6 ) रत्नार्णव, by कृष्णमिश्र ( 7 ) वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तरत्नाकर by रामकृष्ण, ( 8 ) सरला by तारानाथ,(9) सुमनोरमा by तिरुमल्ल,(10)सिद्वान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by लक्ष्मीनृसिंह, (11 )सिद्धान्तकौमुदीव्याख्या by विश्वेश्वरतीर्थ, (12) रत्नाकर by शिवरामेन्द्रसरस्वती and (13) प्रकाश by तोलापदीक्षित. Although the real name of the work is वैयाकरणसिद्धान्ततकौमुदी, as given by the author, still popularly the work is well known by the name सिद्धान्तकौमुदी. The work has got two abridged forms, the Madhyakaumudi and the Laghukaumudi both written by Varadaraja, the pupil of Bhattoji Diksita.
sūtraśāṭakanyāyareference to something as present, when, in fact, it is yet to come into existence,on the analogy of the expression अस्य सूत्रस्य शाटकं वय; confer, compare भाविनी संज्ञा विज्ञास्यते सूत्रशाटकवत्। Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 3. 12 Vart. 2.
hemacandraa Jain sage and scholar of remarkable erudition in the religious works of the Jainas as also in several Shastras. He was a resident of Dhandhuka in Gujarat, who, like Sankarācārya took संन्यासदीक्षा at a very early age and wrote a very large number of original books and commentaries, the total number of which may well nigh exceed fifty, during his long life of eighty-four years ( 1088 to ll 2 ). He stayed at AnhilavalaPattana in the North Gujarat and was patronised with extreme reverence by King Kumarapala who in fact, became his devoted pupil. Besides the well-known works on the various Shastras like Kavyanusasana, Abhidhanacintamani, Desinamamla, Yogasastra, Dvyasrayakavya, Trisastisalakapurusacarita and others which are well-known, he wrote a big work on grammar called सिद्धहेमचन्द्र by him,but popularly known by the name हेमव्याकरण or हैमशब्दानुशासन The , work consists of eight books or Adhyayas, out of which the eighth book is devoted to prakrit Grammar, and can be styled as a Grammar of all the Prakrit dialects. The Sanskrit Grammar of seven chapters is based practically upon Panini's Astadhyayi, the rules or sutras referring to Vedic words or Vedic affixes or accents being entirely omittedThe wording of the Sutras is much similar to that of Panini; at some places it is even identical. The order of the treatment of the subjects in the सिद्धहैम. शब्दानुशासनमृत्र is not, however, similar to that obtaining in the Astadhyayi of Panini. It is somewhat topicwise as in the Katantra Vyakarana. The first Adhyaya and a quarter of the second are devoted to Samjna, Paribhasa and declension; the second pada of the second Adhyaya is devoted to karaka, while the third pada of it is devoted to cerebralization and the fourth to the Stripratyayas.The first two Padas of the third Adhyaya are devoted to Samasas or compound words, while the last two Padas of the third Adhyaya and the fourth Adhyaya are devoted to conjugation The fifth Adhyaya is devoted to verbal derivatives or krdanta, while the sixth and the seventh Adhyayas are devoted to formations of nouns from nouns, or taddhita words. On this Sabda nusasana, which is just like Panini's Astadhyayi, the eighth adhyaya of Hemacandra being devoted to the grammar of the Arsa language similar to Vedic grammar of Panini, Hemacandra has himself written two glosses which are named लधुवृति and वृहृदवृत्ति and the famous commentary known as the Brhannyasa. Besides these works viz the हैमशब्दानुशासन, the two Vrttis on it and the Brhannyasa, he has given an appendix viz the Lingnusasana. The Grammar of Hemacandra, in short, introduced a new system of grammar different from, yet similar to, that of Panini, which by his followers was made completely similar to the Paniniya system by writing works similar to the Siddhantakaumudi, the Dhatuvrtti, the Manorama and the Paribhasendusekhara. हेमहंसगणि a grammarian belonging to the school of Hemacandra, who lived in the fifteenth century and wrote a work on Paribhasas named न्यायसंग्रह, on which he himself wrote a commentary called न्यायार्थमञ्जूषा and another one called by the name न्यास.
     Vedabase Search  		 Results for ye6610 results
     
ye allCC Adi 7.100
SB 3.11.25
ye all of themCC Madhya 24.176
SB 1.14.32-33
SB 5.22.17
SB 9.21.18
SB 9.3.31
ye all of them whoSB 4.28.1
SB 4.28.26
SB 4.9.20-21
SB 8.16.12
SB 8.16.54
SB 8.8.39-40
SB 9.24.9
ye all of whichSB 5.12.9
SB 8.22.22
ye all of which (duration of life, opulence, etc.)SB 7.9.23
ye all of which personsSB 10.1.61
ye all of whomSB 10.1.61
SB 3.6.29
SB 5.14.40
SB 6.6.14
SB 6.6.37
SB 6.6.9
SB 9.1.5
ye all of whomSB 9.1.5
ye all of whomSB 9.1.5
ye all of youSB 4.6.5
ye all of you whoSB 4.14.23
SB 9.16.35
ye all suchSB 2.3.22
ye all such devotees whoSB 7.10.11
ye all thatSB 2.1.15
ye all theseSB 2.3.20
SB 3.5.30
ye all theySB 1.18.14
ye all thoseBG 11.22
CC Madhya 21.106
SB 2.7.34-35
ye all thoseSB 2.7.34-35
SB 3.10.2
SB 3.2.10
SB 3.3.3
SB 3.6.28
SB 4.22.36
SB 5.20.39
ye all those persons whoCC Madhya 22.22
CC Madhya 24.140
CC Madhya 25.31
ye all those whoBG 7.29
CC Madhya 22.163
CC Madhya 22.30
CC Madhya 24.131
CC Madhya 24.141
CC Madhya 25.32
SB 3.1.35
SB 3.11.16
SB 4.19.6
SB 4.31.21
SB 5.13.23
SB 9.22.43
ye all whichBG 7.12
ye all whichBG 7.12
ye all whoBG 4.11
CC Adi 4.20
SB 9.20.31
ye also others whoSB 9.10.39-40
ye and thoseSB 11.8.36
ye anyoneCC Adi 11.29
CC Madhya 7.152
CC Madhya 8.306
CC Madhya 8.90
Iso 3
ye anyone whoCC Adi 10.82
CC Adi 17.25
CC Adi 17.264
CC Adi 17.96
CC Adi 17.97
CC Adi 4.233
CC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
ye anyone whoCC Antya 11.91-93
CC Antya 2.7
CC Antya 3.255
CC Antya 7.135
CC Antya 7.9
CC Madhya 1.29
CC Madhya 11.26
CC Madhya 13.179
CC Madhya 18.123
CC Madhya 2.29
CC Madhya 2.32
CC Madhya 21.134
CC Madhya 22.28
CC Madhya 24.17
CC Madhya 3.65
CC Madhya 6.167
CC Madhya 7.110
CC Madhya 8.204-205
CC Madhya 9.8
SB 6.7.14
ye as also othersSB 2.6.43-45
ye as we areSB 8.6.15
ye both of whomSB 8.13.8
ye certainlyCC Madhya 23.9
ye even thoseSB 2.4.18
ye He whoCC Antya 9.79
ye he whoCC Madhya 25.278
ye hisCC Adi 5.165
ye indeedCC Madhya 13.144
CC Madhya 16.78
CC Madhya 5.55
ye oneCC Madhya 21.119
ye one whoCC Adi 10.116
CC Antya 13.138
CC Antya 16.98
CC Madhya 25.115
CC Madhya 9.308
SB 4.21.49
ye one who isSB 1.4.12
ye othersSB 2.10.37-40
SB 2.6.43-45
SB 8.14.6
SB 8.21.2-3
ye others whoSB 8.6.31
ye persons whoSB 11.26.29
SB 5.26.22
SB 5.26.23
SB 5.26.25
SB 5.26.27
SB 5.26.31
SB 5.26.32
SB 5.26.33
SB 5.26.34
SB 8.1.15
SB 8.7.33
SB 9.5.28
ye sinceCC Madhya 20.90-91
ye so thatCC Madhya 16.188
ye some of the demons whoSB 8.11.46
ye such personsSB 8.19.4
SB 8.23.26-27
ye such persons whoSB 8.11.5
ye thatCC Adi 10.103
CC Adi 12.79
CC Adi 13.76
CC Adi 13.84
CC Adi 17.124
CC Adi 17.126
CC Adi 17.128
CC Adi 17.174
CC Adi 17.204
CC Adi 2.76
CC Adi 3.41
CC Adi 4.14
CC Adi 4.42
CC Adi 6.44
CC Adi 6.45
CC Adi 7.135
CC Adi 7.148
CC Adi 8.57
CC Adi 9.26
CC Adi 9.27
CC Antya 1.46
CC Antya 15.74
CC Antya 19.52
CC Antya 3.269
CC Antya 4.182
CC Antya 6.139
CC Antya 7.127
CC Antya 7.152
CC Antya 7.25
CC Antya 8.26
CC Madhya 10.122
CC Madhya 11.27
CC Madhya 12.142
CC Madhya 13.146
CC Madhya 19.20
CC Madhya 2.19
CC Madhya 2.23
CC Madhya 2.33
CC Madhya 2.46
CC Madhya 20.80
CC Madhya 21.116
CC Madhya 24.152
CC Madhya 4.137
CC Madhya 4.166
CC Madhya 6.173
CC Madhya 9.296
ye thatCC Madhya 9.296
SB 5.1.31
ye that one whoCC Madhya 1.176
ye that whichCC Madhya 6.174
CC Madhya 6.25
CC Madhya 6.61
SB 3.12.30
SB 3.25.39-40
ye the devotees whoCC Madhya 23.113
ye the one whoCC Madhya 1.176
ye the one who isCC Antya 19.50
ye the person whoCC Antya 17.57
CC Madhya 4.146
ye theyCC Madhya 8.91
SB 1.14.28-29
SB 10.40.9
SB 10.87.28
ye they whoSB 10.90.45
SB 11.1.2
SB 11.2.6
SB 3.33.7
SB 4.13.43
ye they whoSB 4.13.43
SB 4.25.27
SB 4.29.39-40
SB 4.9.12
SB 5.5.2
SB 6.2.3
ye thoseBG 3.32
BG 5.22
CC Adi 17.308
CC Madhya 2.3
CC Madhya 24.240
SB 1.2.25
SB 1.7.50
SB 10.12.29
SB 11.12.8
SB 2.2.17
SB 2.2.37
SB 2.6.20
SB 2.6.43-45
ye thoseSB 2.6.43-45
SB 2.7.41
SB 2.7.46
SB 3.2.20
SB 3.2.24
SB 3.2.8
SB 3.20.10
SB 3.22.37
SB 3.5.45
SB 3.9.15
SB 3.9.7
SB 4.22.9
SB 4.23.27
SB 4.3.18
SB 5.6.4
ye those brāhmaṇas whoSB 10.7.13-15
ye those devoteesSB 3.15.48
ye those devotees of Mine whoSB 9.4.65
ye those devotees whoSB 8.3.20-21
ye those personsSB 3.15.24
SB 3.21.14
ye those persons whoSB 10.26.21
SB 10.8.18
SB 4.30.10
SB 9.8.22
SB 9.9.13
ye those Vaikuṇṭha personsSB 3.15.14
ye those whichSB 10.77.31
SB 3.23.7
SB 7.14.30-33
SB 7.9.49
ye those whoBG 12.1
ye those whoBG 12.1
BG 12.2
BG 12.20
BG 12.3-4
BG 12.6-7
BG 13.35
BG 17.1
BG 17.5-6
BG 3.31
BG 7.14
BG 7.30
BG 9.22
BG 9.23
BG 9.29
BG 9.32
CC Adi 4.178
CC Antya 13.75
ye those whoCC Antya 13.75
CC Madhya 11.28
ye those whoCC Madhya 11.28
CC Madhya 14.13
CC Madhya 20.121
CC Madhya 21.13
CC Madhya 22.112
CC Madhya 22.147
CC Madhya 22.23
CC Madhya 22.82
CC Madhya 24.138
CC Madhya 24.142
CC Madhya 24.166
CC Madhya 24.179
CC Madhya 24.209
CC Madhya 24.213
CC Madhya 24.273
CC Madhya 8.67
Iso 12
Iso 9
ye those whoIso 9
SB 1.19.19
SB 10.14.58
SB 10.27.7
SB 10.31.9
SB 10.32.18
SB 10.39.25
SB 10.60.52
SB 10.68.19
SB 10.70.24
SB 10.87.33
SB 11.10.33
SB 11.11.33
SB 11.17.44
SB 11.21.1
SB 11.23.22
SB 11.30.17
SB 11.5.14
SB 11.5.16
SB 11.5.38-40
SB 11.6.17
SB 12.2.25
SB 2.7.43-45
SB 3.15.23
SB 3.15.6
SB 3.18.5
ye those whoSB 3.18.5
SB 3.20.50
SB 3.25.22
SB 3.25.34
SB 3.25.39-40
SB 3.32.10
SB 3.32.16
SB 3.32.19
SB 3.32.5
SB 3.5.45
SB 3.5.46
SB 3.9.5
SB 4.12.36
ye those whoSB 4.12.36
SB 4.18.19
SB 4.30.1
SB 4.9.12
SB 5.19.25
SB 5.26.11
SB 5.26.24
SB 5.5.21-22
ye those whoSB 5.5.21-22
SB 5.5.3
SB 6.14.3
SB 6.16.40
SB 6.18.74
SB 6.2.9-10
SB 7.12.12
SB 8.1.22
SB 8.20.9
SB 8.4.17-24
SB 8.4.25
SB 9.16.33
SB 9.16.9
ye those who (are)SB 9.18.5
ye those who areSB 10.6.24
SB 11.6.47
ye whatCC Adi 7.122
CC Adi 7.141
CC Antya 10.97
CC Antya 14.103
CC Antya 16.132
CC Antya 18.93
CC Antya 3.114-115
CC Antya 3.69
CC Antya 4.181
CC Antya 5.60
CC Antya 6.5
CC Antya 8.73
CC Madhya 10.7
CC Madhya 18.151
CC Madhya 6.244
ye whateverCC Adi 13.108
CC Adi 13.16
CC Adi 17.152
CC Adi 17.169
CC Adi 17.271
CC Adi 4.126
CC Adi 4.181
CC Adi 4.187
CC Adi 4.255
CC Adi 4.257
CC Adi 4.262
CC Adi 4.274
CC Adi 8.79
CC Antya 1.203
CC Antya 1.204
CC Antya 1.210
CC Antya 1.59
CC Antya 11.37
CC Antya 11.38
CC Antya 11.47
CC Antya 16.98
CC Antya 18.116
CC Antya 2.108
CC Antya 20.101
CC Antya 20.73
CC Antya 3.24
CC Antya 3.269
CC Antya 3.88
CC Antya 4.215
CC Antya 4.96
CC Antya 6.205
CC Madhya 1.11-12
CC Madhya 1.15
CC Madhya 10.73
CC Madhya 11.22
CC Madhya 11.25
CC Madhya 13.155
CC Madhya 13.158
CC Madhya 14.219
CC Madhya 16.67
CC Madhya 21.20
CC Madhya 21.82
CC Madhya 23.123
CC Madhya 24.328
CC Madhya 25.111
CC Madhya 25.124
CC Madhya 25.17
CC Madhya 3.165
CC Madhya 3.82
CC Madhya 3.91
CC Madhya 4.68
CC Madhya 5.151
CC Madhya 6.135
CC Madhya 7.34
CC Madhya 7.40
CC Madhya 9.275
ye whatever they areSB 1.2.19
ye whichCC Adi 13.17
CC Adi 13.89
CC Adi 17.292
CC Adi 2.15
CC Adi 2.18
CC Adi 2.69
CC Adi 4.123
CC Adi 4.197
CC Adi 5.42
CC Adi 7.125
CC Adi 7.97
CC Antya 1.116
CC Antya 1.118
CC Antya 1.77
CC Antya 1.98
CC Antya 10.17
CC Antya 15.32
CC Antya 16.144
CC Antya 16.97
CC Antya 17.47
CC Antya 18.116
CC Antya 18.16-17
CC Antya 20.45
CC Antya 3.188
CC Antya 4.202
CC Antya 4.210
CC Antya 5.24
CC Antya 7.52
CC Antya 9.20
CC Madhya 15.172
CC Madhya 16.185
CC Madhya 18.56
CC Madhya 2.31
CC Madhya 20.271
CC Madhya 21.111
CC Madhya 22.6
CC Madhya 23.78
CC Madhya 23.79-81
CC Madhya 24.70
CC Madhya 24.9
CC Madhya 6.107
CC Madhya 6.12
CC Madhya 8.208
CC Madhya 9.145
CC Madhya 9.351
SB 10.24.25
SB 10.27.5
SB 10.40.2
SB 10.60.53
SB 10.86.56
SB 11.2.34
SB 11.23.16
SB 12.12.9
SB 12.7.16
SB 2.2.32
SB 3.20.48
SB 3.7.26
SB 4.20.23
SB 4.30.47
SB 5.5.1
SB 6.1.7
SB 6.8.27-28
SB 7.6.25
ye which desiresSB 3.21.14
ye which othersSB 10.6.24
ye which personalitiesSB 9.9.46
ye which personsSB 3.16.10
SB 3.16.11
SB 8.14.1
ye which thingsSB 10.14.52
ye which two partsSB 9.22.8
ye whoBG 1.23
BG 1.7
BG 11.32
BG 3.13
CC Adi 1.85-86
CC Adi 10.25
CC Adi 13.123
CC Adi 2.36
CC Adi 2.50
CC Adi 5.170
CC Antya 1.200
CC Antya 16.27
CC Antya 4.46
ye whoCC Antya 4.46
CC Antya 9.75
CC Madhya 11.192
CC Madhya 12.30
CC Madhya 13.153
CC Madhya 19.72
CC Madhya 8.199
Iso 10
Iso 12
Iso 13
MM 48
SB 1.19.20
SB 10.14.24
SB 10.14.3
SB 10.14.4
SB 10.15.36
SB 10.21.14
SB 10.23.40
SB 10.25.3
SB 10.27.20
SB 10.30.9
SB 10.32.17
SB 10.35.20-21
SB 10.36.34
SB 10.43.30
SB 10.44.7
SB 10.6.24
SB 10.60.36
SB 10.60.53
SB 10.64.36
SB 10.68.27
SB 10.68.3
SB 10.72.4
SB 10.72.46
SB 10.72.5
SB 10.74.2
SB 10.75.1-2
SB 10.75.25-26
SB 10.75.4-7
SB 10.80.33
SB 10.82.23-26
SB 10.83.3
SB 10.87.16
SB 10.87.18
SB 10.87.25
SB 10.87.27
SB 10.87.35
SB 10.88.1
SB 10.89.45
SB 10.90.43
SB 11.17.13
SB 11.27.1
SB 11.28.29
SB 11.5.16
SB 12.1.10
SB 12.10.24
SB 12.2.25
SB 12.3.2
SB 12.3.9-13
SB 12.8.12
SB 3.14.21
SB 3.15.29
SB 3.16.25
SB 4.13.28
SB 4.19.40
SB 4.2.20
SB 4.2.24
SB 4.2.28
ye whoSB 4.2.28
SB 4.21.21
SB 4.3.24
SB 4.30.41
SB 4.4.16
SB 4.6.41
SB 4.6.7
SB 4.7.4
SB 4.9.9
SB 5.21.8-9
SB 5.24.30
SB 6.11.17
SB 6.15.5
SB 6.16.38
SB 6.17.12
SB 6.2.30
SB 6.3.14-15
SB 6.3.27
SB 6.6.27
SB 6.9.21
SB 7.5.31
SB 7.8.7
SB 8.18.21
SB 8.7.46
ye who (the gopīs, or anyone)SB 10.46.4
ye who areCC Adi 1.37
SB 10.2.28
SB 11.30.38
ye who isCC Adi 7.15
ye who wereSB 8.6.31
ye whoeverCC Adi 4.177
CC Adi 5.209
ye ācaraṇa the behaviorCC Madhya 17.185
ye ācaraṇa the behaviorCC Madhya 17.185
ye āchila whatever there wereCC Madhya 15.10
ye āchila whatever there wereCC Madhya 15.10
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āchila mane whatever there was in mindCC Madhya 3.107
ye āise whatever he getsCC Madhya 15.94
ye āise whatever he getsCC Madhya 15.94
ye ājñā whatever orderCC Madhya 7.34
ye ājñā whatever orderCC Madhya 7.34
ye anye anyone, or all othersSB 10.2.32
ye anye anyone, or all othersSB 10.2.32
ye anye as well as othersSB 10.5.14
ye anye as well as othersSB 10.5.14
ye balāya whatever she speaksCC Adi 16.94
ye balāya whatever she speaksCC Adi 16.94
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye bhāva-bhūṣāya with these ecstatic ornamentsCC Madhya 14.170
ye cāha whatever You wantCC Madhya 11.178
ye cāha whatever You wantCC Madhya 11.178
ye cāhiye whatever I wantCC Antya 2.57
ye cāhiye whatever I wantCC Antya 2.57
ye cāhiye whatever you wantCC Madhya 11.69
ye cāhiye whatever you wantCC Madhya 11.69
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.41
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.41
CC Adi 12.42
ye daṇḍa the punishmentCC Adi 12.42
ye daśā which conditionCC Antya 14.12
ye daśā which conditionCC Antya 14.12
ye dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 17.118
ye dekhe anyone who seesCC Madhya 17.118
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye deśa-grāme in which country or villageCC Antya 3.164
ye dina every dayCC Madhya 15.94
ye dina every dayCC Madhya 15.94
ye dina on which dayCC Madhya 17.64
ye dina on which dayCC Madhya 17.64
ye divasa the day whenCC Madhya 25.18
ye divasa the day whenCC Madhya 25.18
ye diyāchi whatever I have givenCC Madhya 3.91
ye diyāchi whatever I have givenCC Madhya 3.91
ye gaṇi they countCC Adi 5.110
ye gaṇi they countCC Adi 5.110
ye gopī any gopī whoCC Antya 20.56
ye gopī any gopī whoCC Antya 20.56
ye govinda this Lord GovindaCC Adi 5.227
ye govinda this Lord GovindaCC Adi 5.227
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye ha-uk whatever may beCC Madhya 5.40
ye hao whatever You areCC Adi 17.114
ye hao whatever You areCC Adi 17.114
ye icchā whatever desireCC Madhya 3.172
ye icchā whatever desireCC Madhya 3.172
ye jāne anyone who knowsCC Adi 5.128
ye jāne anyone who knowsCC Adi 5.128
ye jāniluń whatever I knowCC Antya 10.145
ye jāniluń whatever I knowCC Antya 10.145
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahaye vastu whatever He says to be the ultimate truth, the summum bonumCC Madhya 25.58
ye kahe if anyone saysCC Madhya 21.25
ye kahe if anyone saysCC Madhya 21.25
ye kahe whoever saysCC Antya 3.87
ye kahe whoever saysCC Antya 3.87
ye kahilā whatever She saidCC Antya 19.90
ye kahilā whatever She saidCC Antya 19.90
ye kahilā whatever was explainedCC Madhya 25.95
ye kahilā whatever was explainedCC Madhya 25.95
ye kahile what You have saidCC Adi 16.49
ye kahile what You have saidCC Adi 16.49
ye kāle at that time whenCC Madhya 2.53
ye kāle at that time whenCC Madhya 2.53
ye kāle at the timeCC Madhya 2.37
ye kāle at the timeCC Madhya 2.37
ye kāle at those timesCC Madhya 1.53
ye kāle at those timesCC Madhya 1.53
ye kāle wheneverCC Madhya 3.166
ye kāle wheneverCC Madhya 3.166
ye karāha whatever You cause to doCC Madhya 24.327
ye karāha whatever You cause to doCC Madhya 24.327
ye karibena whatever he would doCC Antya 4.207
ye karibena whatever he would doCC Antya 4.207
ye karila whatever I have doneCC Madhya 25.75
ye karila whatever I have doneCC Madhya 25.75
ye kārya whatever businessCC Antya 4.95
ye kārya whatever businessCC Antya 4.95
ye ke whoever elseSB 5.26.17
ye ke whoever elseSB 5.26.17
ye kecit whosoeverSB 5.26.37
ye kecit whosoeverSB 5.26.37
ye keha some whoCC Antya 2.12
ye keha some whoCC Antya 2.12
ye khāibe He who will eatCC Antya 12.134
ye khāibe He who will eatCC Antya 12.134
ye khāila whatever money he tookCC Antya 9.122
ye khāila whatever money he tookCC Antya 9.122
ye khaṇḍila the person who has vanquishedCC Madhya 20.93
ye khaṇḍila the person who has vanquishedCC Madhya 20.93
ye kichu whateverCC Adi 16.109
ye kichu whateverCC Adi 16.109
CC Antya 20.76
ye kichu whateverCC Antya 20.76
CC Madhya 1.9
ye kichu whateverCC Madhya 1.9
CC Madhya 19.21
ye kichu whateverCC Madhya 19.21
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu labhya haya whatever is obtainedCC Antya 9.143
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu likhibe whatever you writeCC Antya 7.134
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu rahila whatever remainedCC Antya 8.59
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kichu varṇiluń whatever I have describedCC Antya 20.84
ye kukkura even a dogCC Madhya 15.284
ye kukkura even a dogCC Madhya 15.284
ye lāgi for the matter of whichCC Adi 4.236
ye lāgi for the matter of whichCC Adi 4.236
ye lāgi' for the matter of whichCC Madhya 8.117
ye lāgi' for the matter of whichCC Madhya 8.117
ye lāgi' for what purposeCC Antya 5.55
ye lāgi' for what purposeCC Antya 5.55
ye madana that CupidCC Madhya 2.22
ye madana that CupidCC Madhya 2.22
ye mādhurīra that sweetnessCC Madhya 21.115
ye mādhurīra that sweetnessCC Madhya 21.115
ye māgila whatever he wantedCC Antya 2.58
ye māgila whatever he wantedCC Antya 2.58
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nā māne one who does not acceptCC Adi 6.85
ye nārīre the woman whomCC Antya 20.53
ye nārīre the woman whomCC Antya 20.53
ye paḍe anyone who recitesCC Antya 5.49-50
ye paḍe anyone who recitesCC Antya 5.49-50
ye paḍila as he recitedCC Madhya 14.10
ye paḍila as he recitedCC Madhya 14.10
ye pāñācha whatever You haveCC Madhya 3.87
ye pāñācha whatever You haveCC Madhya 3.87
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye paṇḍita śune any learned person who hearsCC Madhya 25.27
ye pāya anyone who getsCC Antya 7.8
ye pāya anyone who getsCC Antya 7.8
ye prajeśāḥ those who would generateSB 2.7.39
ye prajeśāḥ those who would generateSB 2.7.39
ye prakāre in what wayCC Adi 4.265
ye prakāre in what wayCC Adi 4.265
ye puruṣa that personality whoCC Adi 6.8
ye puruṣa that personality whoCC Adi 6.8
ye rūpera of which formCC Madhya 21.102
ye rūpera of which formCC Madhya 21.102
ye se whateverCC Adi 14.86
ye se whateverCC Adi 14.86
ye śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 5.49-50
ye śune anyone who hearsCC Antya 5.49-50
ye te all the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.12.15
ye te all the inhabitants of VrajabhūmiSB 10.12.15
ye tomāra whatever YourCC Madhya 12.74
ye tomāra whatever YourCC Madhya 12.74
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra icchā whatever you likeCC Madhya 18.154
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye tomāra mana as You likeCC Madhya 12.76
ye upāye by whatever meansCC Antya 9.29
ye upāye by whatever meansCC Antya 9.29
ye vaṃśera which familyCC Antya 4.44
ye vaṃśera which familyCC Antya 4.44
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
ye vasiyā sittingCC Antya 12.72
ye vyākhyā which explanationCC Adi 16.90
ye vyākhyā which explanationCC Adi 16.90
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 10.123
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 10.123
CC Adi 13.53
ye ye all thoseCC Adi 13.53
ye ye anyone whoCC Adi 12.73
ye ye anyone whoCC Adi 12.73
ye ye persons whoCC Adi 9.53
ye ye persons whoCC Adi 9.53
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.19
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.19
CC Adi 4.28
ye ye whateverCC Adi 4.28
CC Antya 18.11
ye ye whateverCC Antya 18.11
CC Madhya 1.89
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 1.89
CC Madhya 16.83
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 16.83
CC Madhya 6.179
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 6.179
CC Madhya 7.29
ye ye whateverCC Madhya 7.29
SB 12.2.44
ye ye whateverSB 12.2.44
ye ye who and whoCC Adi 9.54
ye ye who and whoCC Adi 9.54
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye ye sthāna which different placesCC Adi 13.49
ye yei whateverCC Madhya 19.26
ye yei whateverCC Madhya 19.26
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye yei aṃśa any part of thisCC Adi 17.332
ye-dehe by which bodyCC Antya 4.83
ye-dehe by which bodyCC Antya 4.83
ye-dine any dayCC Antya 19.8
ye-dine any dayCC Antya 19.8
ye-grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 17.58
ye-grāme in whatever villageCC Madhya 17.58
ye-jana that person whoCC Antya 19.44
ye-jana that person whoCC Antya 19.44
ye-kāle at which timeCC Madhya 15.51
ye-kāle at which timeCC Madhya 15.51
ye-kāle whenCC Antya 4.208
ye-kāle whenCC Antya 4.208
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kāle dvi-bhuja when the Lord appears as two-handedCC Madhya 20.176
ye-kārye for which businessCC Antya 4.143
ye-kārye for which businessCC Antya 4.143
ye-mate in whatever wayCC Antya 6.33
ye-mate in whatever wayCC Antya 6.33
ye-pathe on which pathCC Antya 4.210
ye-pathe on which pathCC Antya 4.210
ye-rase in a particular mellowCC Madhya 23.46
ye-rase in a particular mellowCC Madhya 23.46
ye-rūpe asCC Madhya 7.112
ye-rūpe asCC Madhya 7.112
ye-rūpe by which processCC Antya 20.20
ye-rūpe by which processCC Antya 20.20
ye-saba allCC Madhya 20.226
ye-saba allCC Madhya 20.226
ye-saba all thatCC Antya 5.75
ye-saba all thatCC Antya 5.75
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-se śāstra anything written as scriptureCC Antya 5.101
ye-ye whateverCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye whateverCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
ye-ye-sthāne in whatever placesCC Antya 4.212
yebā allCC Antya 17.52
yebā anyone whoCC Adi 8.7
CC Antya 2.95
CC Antya 6.224
CC Madhya 11.242
CC Madhya 22.164
CC Madhya 24.323